TW202409235A - Protective film forming films, protective film forming composite sheets, kits, and uses of protective film forming films - Google Patents

Protective film forming films, protective film forming composite sheets, kits, and uses of protective film forming films Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202409235A
TW202409235A TW112125221A TW112125221A TW202409235A TW 202409235 A TW202409235 A TW 202409235A TW 112125221 A TW112125221 A TW 112125221A TW 112125221 A TW112125221 A TW 112125221A TW 202409235 A TW202409235 A TW 202409235A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
protective film
film
forming
forming film
meth
Prior art date
Application number
TW112125221A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
山下茂之
Original Assignee
日商琳得科股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商琳得科股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商琳得科股份有限公司
Publication of TW202409235A publication Critical patent/TW202409235A/en

Links

Abstract

本發明的課題在於提供一種能量線硬化性的保護膜形成膜,近紅外線的遮蔽性優異,且藉由在能量線硬化時將保護膜形成膜的硬化之程度設為合適的範圍,提升保護膜與矽晶圓的密合性,保護膜的剝落得到抑制;以及,具備此保護膜形成膜之保護膜形成用複合片、套件、以及保護膜形成膜之用途。 本發明為一種保護膜形成膜,具能量線硬化性,前述保護膜形成膜之波長1300nm的近紅外線穿透率為10%以下,前述保護膜形成膜之以特定的<硬化率比的測定方法>所測定的硬化率比為1.02以上至未達100。 An object of the present invention is to provide an energy ray-curable protective film-forming film that has excellent near-infrared ray shielding properties and improves the protective film by setting the degree of curing of the protective film-forming film to an appropriate range during energy ray curing. The adhesiveness to the silicon wafer suppresses the peeling off of the protective film; and the use of a protective film forming composite sheet, a kit, and a protective film forming film having the protective film forming film. The present invention is a protective film-forming film that has energy ray hardening properties. The near-infrared ray transmittance of the protective film-forming film with a wavelength of 1300 nm is 10% or less. The measurement method of the protective film-forming film with a specific <hardening rate ratio >The measured hardening rate ratio ranges from 1.02 to less than 100.

Description

保護膜形成膜、保護膜形成用複合片、套件、以及保護膜形成膜之用途Protective film forming films, protective film forming composite sheets, kits, and uses of protective film forming films

本發明係關於保護膜形成膜、保護膜形成用複合片、套件、以及保護膜形成膜之用途。The present invention relates to a protective film-forming film, a protective film-forming composite sheet, a kit, and uses of the protective film-forming film.

在半導體晶圓或絕緣體晶圓等之晶圓,有於其中一側的面(電路面)先形成電路,進而在該面(電路面)上具有凸塊等之突狀電極的晶圓。像這樣的晶圓,是藉由分割而成為晶片,並藉由所謂面朝下(Face Down)方式,該突狀電極連接到電路基板上的連接墊,藉此搭載於前述電路基板。 在這樣的晶圓或晶片中,為了抑制龜裂的發生等之破損,有利用保護膜來保護與電路面為相反側之面(內面)的情形。 Some wafers, such as semiconductor wafers and insulator wafers, have circuits formed on one surface (circuit surface) and then have protruding electrodes such as bumps on this surface (circuit surface). Such a wafer is divided into chips, and the protruding electrodes are connected to the connection pads on the circuit board in a so-called face-down manner, thereby being mounted on the circuit board. In such a wafer or chip, in order to prevent damage such as cracks from occurring, a protective film may be used to protect the surface (inner surface) opposite to the circuit surface.

為了形成這樣的保護膜,於晶圓的內面貼附用以形成保護膜的保護膜形成膜。保護膜形成膜亦有積層於用以支撐該保護膜形成膜的支撐片上,以保護膜形成用複合片的狀態來使用的情形,亦有不積層於支撐片上來使用的情形。對保護膜形成膜進行雷射標記之後,為了提高保護膜形成層的保護性能,視需要經過經由熱或能量線之硬化,藉由切割將半導體晶圓分割為晶片而進行拾取。或者,對將保護膜形成膜藉由熱或能量線使之硬化而形成的保護膜進行雷射標記之後,藉由切割將半導體晶圓分割為晶片而進行拾取。其次,經拾取的附保護膜之半導體晶片係覆晶連接於主機板等的電路基板上之連接墊,藉由將電路基板進行加熱而使附保護膜之晶片上的突狀電極熔解(以下,稱為回流步驟),鞏固突狀電極與電路基板上的連接墊之電性的連接,構裝於電路基板。In order to form such a protective film, a protective film forming film for forming a protective film is attached to the inner surface of the wafer. The protective film forming film may be laminated on a support sheet for supporting the protective film forming film and used in the form of a composite sheet for protective film forming, or may be used without being laminated on a support sheet. After laser marking the protective film forming film, in order to improve the protective performance of the protective film forming layer, the semiconductor wafer is cut into chips by hardening by heat or energy beams as needed and picked up. Alternatively, after laser marking the protective film formed by hardening the protective film forming film by heat or energy beams, the semiconductor wafer is cut into chips and picked up. Next, the picked-up semiconductor chip with protective film is flip-chip connected to the connection pad on the circuit substrate of the motherboard, etc. The protruding electrodes on the chip with protective film are melted by heating the circuit substrate (hereinafter referred to as the reflow step), and the electrical connection between the protruding electrodes and the connection pad on the circuit substrate is consolidated, and then assembled on the circuit substrate.

保護膜形成膜之中,有不具硬化性並直接以此狀態發揮作為保護膜之功能的非硬化性之保護膜形成膜。在使用非硬化性之保護膜形成膜的情況,由於不需要硬化步驟,故能夠藉由經精簡化之方法以低成本製造附保護膜之晶片。另一方面,在使用硬化性之保護膜形成膜的情況,由於將該保護膜形成膜的硬化物作為保護膜,故具有晶圓的保護能力高這樣的優點。然後,藉由加熱進行硬化的熱硬化性之保護膜形成膜,在硬化時的加熱有較長的時間,而藉由照射能量線進行硬化的能量線硬化性之保護膜形成膜,則具有在短時間就能結束硬化時的能量線照射這樣的優點。於是,各種能量線硬化性之保護膜形成膜的開發正在發展(參照專利文獻1至專利文獻3)。 [先前技術文獻] [專利文獻] Among the protective film-forming films, there are non-hardening protective film-forming films that do not have curability and function as a protective film in this state. When a non-hardening protective film is used to form a film, since a hardening step is not required, a wafer with a protective film can be manufactured at low cost by a simplified method. On the other hand, when a curable protective film-forming film is used, since a cured product of the protective film-forming film is used as a protective film, there is an advantage that the wafer protection capability is high. Then, a thermosetting protective film-forming film that is cured by heating requires a long time to be heated during curing, while an energy-ray-curable protective film-forming film that is cured by irradiating energy rays has a long time. It has the advantage that energy ray irradiation during hardening can be completed in a short time. Therefore, the development of various energy-beam curable protective film-forming films is progressing (see Patent Documents 1 to 3). [Prior technical literature] [Patent Document]

[專利文獻1]日本特開2010-031183號公報。 [專利文獻2]國際公開第2017/188197號。 [專利文獻3]國際公開第2019/082977號。 [Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2010-031183. [Patent Document 2] International Publication No. 2017/188197. [Patent Document 3] International Publication No. 2019/082977.

[發明所欲解決之課題][The problem that the invention wants to solve]

若半導體裝置受到近紅外線的照射,則會有出現失誤動作之虞。藉由使用含有無機系顏料作為著色劑之保護膜形成膜,能夠減少光穿透率,並且能夠降低近紅外線的穿透率。 然而,在習知的能量線硬化性之保護膜形成用膜中,僅含有無機系顏料,要兼顧降低近紅外線的穿透率之目的、與使保護膜形成用膜進行能量線硬化而維持做成保護膜時之保護膜與矽晶圓的密合性之目的是困難的。若損及前述密合性,則會有保護膜變得容易剝落,而在之後的半導體裝置的製造上發生問題的情況。 If a semiconductor device is exposed to near-infrared rays, there is a risk of malfunction. By using a protective film-forming film containing an inorganic pigment as a colorant, the light transmittance can be reduced, and the transmittance of near-infrared rays can be reduced. However, in the known energy-ray-curable protective film-forming film, only inorganic pigments are contained, and it is difficult to take into account both the purpose of reducing the transmittance of near-infrared rays and the purpose of energy-ray-curing the protective film-forming film to maintain the adhesion between the protective film and the silicon wafer when the protective film is formed. If the aforementioned adhesion is damaged, the protective film may become easy to peel off, and problems may occur in the subsequent manufacture of semiconductor devices.

本發明的目的在於提供一種能量線硬化性的保護膜形成膜,係近紅外線的遮蔽性優異,且藉由在使保護膜形成膜進行能量線硬化時,將保護膜形成膜的硬化之程度設為合適的範圍,能夠製造提升保護膜與矽晶圓的密合性,保護膜的剝落得到抑制之可靠性高的半導體裝置、以及,具備此保護膜形成膜之保護膜形成用複合片、套件、以及保護膜形成膜之用途。 [用以解決課題之手段] The purpose of the present invention is to provide an energy-ray-curable protective film-forming film that has excellent near-infrared shielding properties, and by setting the degree of curing of the protective film-forming film to an appropriate range when the protective film-forming film is energy-ray-cured, it is possible to manufacture a semiconductor device with high reliability in which the adhesion between the protective film and the silicon wafer is improved and the peeling of the protective film is suppressed, as well as a protective film-forming composite sheet, a kit, and a use of the protective film-forming film having the protective film-forming film. [Means for solving the problem]

本發明係具有以下的態樣。 [1] 一種保護膜形成膜,具能量線硬化性;前述保護膜形成膜之波長1300nm的近紅外線穿透率為10%以下;前述保護膜形成膜之以下述硬化率比的測定方法所測定的硬化率比為1.02以上至未達100。 <硬化率比的測定方法> 針對前述保護膜形成膜,以照度220mW/cm 2、光量100mJ/cm 2的條件,從一側的面照射紫外線,製作紫外線照射後的保護膜形成膜(100)。 使用傅立葉轉換紅外分光分析裝置,針對紫外線照射前後的保護膜形成膜(100)之中與經紫外線照射之面為相反側之面(內面),以入射角45°、鑽石ATR(attenuated total reflectance;衰減全反射)法,進行FT-IR(Fourier-transform infrared;傅立葉轉換紅外線)測定。將波數790cm -1附近之波峰的波峰強度標準化成1.5Abs並修正光譜的偏差後,將紫外線照射前後的保護膜形成膜(100)的內面之中,波數810cm -1附近之波峰的波峰強度的變化藉由下述式(1)來算出,將此作為保護膜形成膜的內面於100mJ/cm 2之中的硬化率。 其次,除了以照度220mW/cm 2、光量500mJ/cm 2的條件照射了紫外線以外,與上述同樣地製作紫外線照射後的保護膜形成膜(500)。針對紫外線照射前後的保護膜形成膜(500)之中與經紫外線照射之面為相反側之面(內面),以與上述相同的條件下,進行FT-IR測定。將波數790cm -1附近之波峰的波峰強度標準化成1.5Abs並修正光譜的偏差後,將紫外線照射前後的保護膜形成膜(500)的內面之中,波數810cm -1附近之波峰的波峰強度的變化藉由下述式(1)來算出,將此作為保護膜形成膜的內面於500mJ/cm 2之中的硬化率。 其次,將保護膜形成膜的內面於500mJ/cm 2之中的硬化率相對於保護膜形成膜的內面於100mJ/cm 2之中的硬化率之比率藉由下述式(2)來算出,將此作為保護膜形成膜的硬化率比。 硬化率={(紫外線照射前的波峰強度-紫外線照射後的波峰強度)/紫外線照射前的波峰強度}×100 ・・・(1) 硬化率比=(保護膜形成膜的內面於500mJ/cm 2之中的硬化率)/(保護膜形成膜的內面於100mJ/cm 2之中的硬化率) ・・・(2) [2] 如[1]所記載之保護膜形成膜,其中含有無機系顏料來作為著色劑。 [3] 一種保護膜形成用複合片,係具備:支撐片、以及設置於前述支撐片之一側的面上的保護膜形成膜;前述保護膜形成膜為如[1]或[2]所記載之保護膜形成膜。 [4] 一種套件,係具備:第一剝離膜及保護膜形成膜依序積層而成的第一積層體、以及用以支撐成為前述保護膜形成膜的貼附對象之工件及前述保護膜形成膜的支撐片;前述保護膜形成膜為如[1]或[2]所記載之保護膜形成膜。 [5] 一種保護膜形成膜,係用以在半導體晶圓或半導體晶片中與電路面為相反側之面形成保護膜;前述保護膜形成膜為如[1]或[2]所記載之保護膜形成膜。 [發明功效] The present invention has the following aspects. [1] A protective film-forming film having energy ray curability; the protective film-forming film having a near-infrared transmittance of 1300 nm or less; and the protective film-forming film having a curing rate ratio of 1.02 or more and less than 100 as measured by the following curing rate ratio measurement method. <Curing rate ratio measurement method> The protective film-forming film is irradiated with ultraviolet rays from one side under the conditions of an illumination of 220 mW/ cm2 and a light quantity of 100 mJ/ cm2 to produce a protective film-forming film (100) after ultraviolet irradiation. Using a Fourier transform infrared spectrometer, the surface (inner surface) opposite to the surface irradiated with ultraviolet rays in the protective film forming film (100) before and after ultraviolet irradiation was subjected to FT-IR (Fourier-transform infrared) measurement at an incident angle of 45° and a diamond ATR (attenuated total reflectance) method. After the peak intensity of the peak near the wave number 790 cm -1 was normalized to 1.5 Abs and the deviation of the spectrum was corrected, the change in the peak intensity of the peak near the wave number 810 cm -1 in the inner surface of the protective film forming film (100) before and after ultraviolet irradiation was calculated by the following formula (1), and this was taken as the curing rate of the inner surface of the protective film forming film in 100 mJ/ cm2 . Next, a protective film forming film (500) after ultraviolet irradiation was prepared in the same manner as above except that ultraviolet irradiation was performed under the conditions of 220 mW/cm 2 illumination and 500 mJ/cm 2 light quantity. The surface (inner surface) opposite to the surface irradiated with ultraviolet ray in the protective film forming film (500) before and after ultraviolet irradiation was subjected to FT-IR measurement under the same conditions as above. After the peak intensity of the peak near the wave number 790 cm -1 was standardized to 1.5 Abs and the deviation of the spectrum was corrected, the change in the peak intensity of the peak near the wave number 810 cm -1 in the inner surface of the protective film forming film (500) before and after ultraviolet irradiation was calculated by the following formula (1), and this was taken as the curing rate of the inner surface of the protective film forming film in 500 mJ/cm 2 . Next, the ratio of the curing rate of the inner surface of the protective film forming film at 500 mJ/ cm2 to the curing rate of the inner surface of the protective film forming film at 100 mJ/ cm2 is calculated by the following formula (2) and this is taken as the curing rate ratio of the protective film forming film. Curing rate = {(peak intensity before ultraviolet irradiation - peak intensity after ultraviolet irradiation) / peak intensity before ultraviolet irradiation} × 100 ・・・(1) Curing rate ratio = (curing rate of the inner surface of the protective film forming film at 500 mJ/ cm2 ) / (curing rate of the inner surface of the protective film forming film at 100 mJ/ cm2 ) ・・・(2) [2] The protective film forming film described in [1] contains an inorganic pigment as a coloring agent. [3] A composite sheet for forming a protective film, comprising: a support sheet, and a protective film forming film disposed on a surface of one side of the support sheet; the protective film forming film is the protective film forming film described in [1] or [2]. [4] A kit, comprising: a first laminate formed by sequentially laminating a first peeling film and a protective film forming film, and a support sheet for supporting a workpiece to which the protective film forming film is attached and the protective film forming film; the protective film forming film is the protective film forming film described in [1] or [2]. [5] A protective film forming film is used to form a protective film on the surface opposite to the circuit board in a semiconductor wafer or a semiconductor chip; the protective film forming film is the protective film forming film described in [1] or [2]. [Effect of the invention]

若根據本發明,可提供一種能量線硬化性的保護膜形成膜,係近紅外線的遮蔽性優異,且藉由在能量線硬化時將保護膜形成膜的硬化之程度設為合適的範圍,能夠製造提升保護膜與矽晶圓的密合性,保護膜的剝落得到抑制之可靠性高的半導體裝置、以及提供具備此保護膜形成膜之保護膜形成用複合片、套件、以及保護膜形成膜之用途。According to the present invention, it is possible to provide an energy ray-curable protective film-forming film that is excellent in near-infrared ray shielding properties and can be cured by setting the degree of curing of the protective film-forming film to an appropriate range during energy ray curing. To manufacture a highly reliable semiconductor device that improves the adhesion between a protective film and a silicon wafer and suppresses peeling of the protective film, and to provide a protective film forming composite sheet, a kit, and a protective film forming film having the protective film forming film. purpose.

◇保護膜形成膜 本發明的一實施形態之保護膜形成膜為能量線硬化性的保護膜形成膜,前述保護膜形成膜之波長1300nm的近紅外線穿透率為10%以下,前述保護膜形成膜之以下述硬化率比的測定方法所測定的硬化率比為1.02以上至未達100。 ◇Protective film forming film The protective film forming film of one embodiment of the present invention is an energy-ray-curable protective film forming film, the near-infrared transmittance of the protective film forming film at a wavelength of 1300nm is less than 10%, and the curing rate ratio of the protective film forming film measured by the following curing rate ratio measurement method is greater than 1.02 and less than 100.

<硬化率比的測定方法> 針對前述保護膜形成膜,以照度220mW/cm 2、光量100mJ/cm 2的條件,從一側的面照射紫外線,製作紫外線照射後的保護膜形成膜(100)。 使用傅立葉轉換紅外分光分析裝置,針對紫外線照射前後的保護膜形成膜(100)之中與經紫外線照射之面為相反側之面(內面),以入射角45°、鑽石ATR法,進行FT-IR測定。將波數790cm -1附近之波峰的波峰強度標準化成1.5Abs並修正光譜的偏差後,將紫外線照射前後的保護膜形成膜(100)的內面之中,波數810cm -1附近之波峰的波峰強度的變化藉由下述式(1)來算出,將此作為保護膜形成膜的內面於100mJ/cm 2之中的硬化率。 其次,除了以照度220mW/cm 2、光量500mJ/cm 2的條件照射了紫外線以外,與上述同樣地製作紫外線照射後的保護膜形成膜(500)。針對紫外線照射前後的保護膜形成膜(500)之中與經紫外線照射之面為相反側之面(內面),以與上述相同的條件下,進行FT-IR測定。將波數790cm -1附近之波峰的波峰強度標準化成1.5Abs並修正光譜的偏差後,將紫外線照射前後的保護膜形成膜(500)的內面之中,波數810cm -1附近之波峰的波峰強度的變化藉由下述式(1)來算出,將此作為保護膜形成膜的內面於500mJ/cm 2之中的硬化率。 其次,將保護膜形成膜的內面於500mJ/cm 2之中的硬化率相對於保護膜形成膜的內面於100mJ/cm 2之中的硬化率之比率藉由下述式(2)來算出,將此作為保護膜形成膜的硬化率比。 <Method for measuring the curing rate ratio> The protective film forming film is irradiated with ultraviolet light from one side under the conditions of an illumination of 220 mW/ cm2 and a light quantity of 100 mJ/ cm2 to produce a protective film forming film (100) irradiated with ultraviolet light. The protective film forming film (100) before and after the ultraviolet light irradiation is subjected to FT-IR measurement at an incident angle of 45° and a diamond ATR method on the surface (inner surface) opposite to the surface irradiated with ultraviolet light of the protective film forming film (100) before and after the ultraviolet light irradiation. After the peak intensity of the peak near the wave number 790 cm -1 was normalized to 1.5 Abs and the deviation of the spectrum was corrected, the change in the peak intensity of the peak near the wave number 810 cm -1 on the inner surface of the protective film forming film (100) before and after the ultraviolet irradiation was calculated by the following formula (1), and this was taken as the curing rate of the inner surface of the protective film forming film in 100 mJ/cm 2. Next, the protective film forming film (500) after ultraviolet irradiation was prepared in the same manner as above, except that the ultraviolet irradiation was performed under the conditions of 220 mW/cm 2 of illumination and 500 mJ/cm 2 of light. The surface (inner surface) opposite to the surface irradiated with ultraviolet light in the protective film forming film (500) before and after the ultraviolet irradiation was subjected to FT-IR measurement under the same conditions as above. After the peak intensity of the peak near the wave number 790 cm -1 was normalized to 1.5 Abs and the deviation of the spectrum was corrected, the change in the peak intensity of the peak near the wave number 810 cm -1 in the inner surface of the protective film forming film (500) before and after ultraviolet irradiation was calculated by the following formula (1), and this was taken as the hardening rate of the inner surface of the protective film forming film in 500 mJ/cm 2. Next, the ratio of the hardening rate of the inner surface of the protective film forming film in 500 mJ/cm 2 to the hardening rate of the inner surface of the protective film forming film in 100 mJ/cm 2 was calculated by the following formula (2), and this was taken as the hardening rate ratio of the protective film forming film.

硬化率={(紫外線照射前的波峰強度-紫外線照射後的波峰強度)/紫外線照射前的波峰強度}×100 ・・・(1) 硬化率比=(保護膜形成膜的內面於500mJ/cm 2之中的硬化率)/(保護膜形成膜的內面於100mJ/cm 2之中的硬化率) ・・・(2) Hardening rate = {(peak intensity before ultraviolet irradiation - peak intensity after ultraviolet irradiation)/peak intensity before ultraviolet irradiation} × 100 ・・・(1) Hardening rate ratio = (inner surface of protective film forming film at 500mJ/ Hardening rate in cm 2 )/(hardening rate of the inner surface of the protective film forming film in 100mJ/cm 2 )・・・(2)

本實施形態之保護膜形成膜係為了在晶片的內面設置保護膜來保護晶片所使用的膜。The protective film forming film of this embodiment is a film used to provide a protective film on the inner surface of a chip to protect the chip.

藉由使用本實施形態之保護膜形成膜、或使用具備有該保護膜形成膜之保護膜形成用複合片,能夠製造具備有晶片、設置於前述晶片的內面之保護膜的附保護膜之晶片。 前述附保護膜之晶片能夠藉由例如下述方式來製造:於晶圓的內面貼附保護膜形成膜後,藉由保護膜形成膜的硬化而形成保護膜,將晶圓分割成晶片,沿著晶片的外圍將保護膜切斷。 By using the protective film-forming film of this embodiment or using the protective film-forming composite sheet provided with the protective film-forming film, a protective film-attached film having a wafer and a protective film provided on the inner surface of the wafer can be produced. wafer. The aforementioned wafer with a protective film can be produced by, for example, the following method: after attaching a protective film-forming film to the inner surface of the wafer, forming a protective film by curing the protective film-forming film, and dividing the wafer into wafers, Cut the protective film along the periphery of the wafer.

本說明書中,可舉出以矽、鍺、硒等之元素半導體或是以GaAs、GaP、InP、CdTe、ZnSe、SiC等之化合物半導體所構成之半導體晶圓;以藍寶石、玻璃、鈮酸鋰、鉭酸鋰等之絕緣體所構成之絕緣體晶圓來作為「晶圓」。 在這些晶圓之一側的面上形成有電路,本說明書中,將像這樣形成有電路之側的晶圓的面稱為「電路面」。然後,將晶圓中與電路面為相反側之面稱為「內面」。 晶圓藉由切割等之手段被分割而成為晶片。本說明書中,與晶圓的情況同樣地將形成有電路之側的晶片的面稱為「電路面」,將晶片中與電路面為相反側之面稱為「內面」。 在晶圓的電路面與晶片的電路面皆設有凸塊、支柱等之突狀電極。突狀電極較佳為以焊料所構成。 In this specification, examples include semiconductor wafers composed of element semiconductors such as silicon, germanium, and selenium or compound semiconductors such as GaAs, GaP, InP, CdTe, ZnSe, and SiC; semiconductor wafers composed of sapphire, glass, and lithium niobate. Insulator wafers composed of insulators such as lithium tantalate and lithium tantalate are used as "wafers". A circuit is formed on one surface of these wafers. In this specification, the surface of the wafer on which the circuit is formed is called a "circuit surface". Then, the surface of the wafer opposite to the circuit surface is called the "inner surface". The wafer is divided into chips by means such as dicing. In this specification, as in the case of a wafer, the surface of the wafer on the side on which the circuit is formed is called the "circuit surface", and the surface of the wafer opposite to the circuit surface is called the "inner surface". Protruding electrodes such as bumps and pillars are provided on both the circuit surface of the wafer and the circuit surface of the chip. The protruding electrode is preferably made of solder.

進而,藉由使用前述附保護膜之晶片而能夠製造基板裝置。 本說明書中,所謂「基板裝置」意指附保護膜之晶片以電路面上的突狀電極來覆晶連接至電路基板上的連接墊所構成的基板裝置。例如,只要是使用半導體晶圓作為晶圓的情況,可舉出半導體裝置作為基板裝置。 Furthermore, a substrate device can be manufactured by using the aforementioned chip with a protective film. In this specification, the so-called "substrate device" means a substrate device in which a chip with a protective film is flip-chip connected to a connection pad on a circuit substrate by a protruding electrode on a conductive surface. For example, as long as a semiconductor wafer is used as a wafer, a semiconductor device can be cited as a substrate device.

本實施形態之保護膜形成膜為能量線硬化性,進而亦可為熱硬化性,亦可不為熱硬化性。當本實施形態之保護膜形成膜具有能量線硬化性及熱硬化性之雙方的特性的情況,對於保護膜的形成,保護膜形成膜之能量線硬化的貢獻大於熱硬化的貢獻。The protective film forming film of this embodiment is energy-ray curable, and furthermore, may be thermo-curable, or may not be thermo-curable. When the protective film forming film of this embodiment has both energy-ray curable and thermo-curable properties, the contribution of energy-ray curing of the protective film forming film to the formation of the protective film is greater than that of thermo-curing.

本說明書中,所謂「能量線」意指在電磁波或帶電粒子束之中具有能量量子的能量線。作為能量線之例可舉出紫外線、放射線、電子束等。紫外線例如能夠藉由使用高壓水銀燈、熔合燈、氙氣燈、黑光燈或LED(Light Emitting Diode;發光二極體)燈等作為紫外線源進行照射。電子束係能夠照射藉由電子束加速器等產生之電子束。 本說明書中,所謂「能量線硬化性」意指藉由照射能量線而硬化的性質,所謂「非能量線硬化性」意指即便照射能量線也不會硬化的性質。 再者,所謂「非硬化性」意指不論藉由加熱或照射能量線等什麼樣的手段也不會硬化的性質。 In this specification, the so-called "energy ray" means an energy ray with energy quanta in electromagnetic waves or charged particle beams. Examples of energy rays include ultraviolet rays, radiation, electron beams, etc. Ultraviolet rays can be irradiated by using a high-pressure mercury lamp, a fusion lamp, a xenon lamp, a black light lamp, or an LED (Light Emitting Diode) lamp as an ultraviolet ray source. Electron beams are electron beams generated by electron beam accelerators, etc. In this specification, the so-called "energy ray curing" means the property of curing by irradiation with energy rays, and the so-called "non-energy ray curing" means the property of not curing even if irradiated with energy rays. Furthermore, the so-called "non-curing" means the property of not curing regardless of any means such as heating or irradiation with energy rays.

使前述保護膜形成膜進行能量線硬化而形成保護膜時的硬化條件,只要保護膜成為充分地發揮該保護膜的機能之程度的硬化度則並無特別限定,可依保護膜形成膜的種類適當選擇即可。 例如,能量線硬化性的保護膜形成膜之能量線硬化時的能量線的照度較佳為60mW/cm 2至320mW/cm 2。並且,前述硬化時的能量線的光量較佳為100mJ/cm 2至1000mJ/cm 2The curing conditions for forming a protective film by subjecting the protective film-forming film to energy ray curing are not particularly limited as long as the protective film has a degree of curing that fully exhibits the function of the protective film. The curing conditions may depend on the type of the protective film-forming film. Just choose appropriately. For example, the illumination intensity of the energy ray during energy ray curing of the energy ray curable protective film-forming film is preferably 60 mW/cm 2 to 320 mW/cm 2 . Furthermore, the light amount of the energy ray during the hardening is preferably 100 mJ/cm 2 to 1000 mJ/cm 2 .

本實施形態之保護膜形成膜的波長1300nm之近紅外線穿透率為10%以下。波長1300nm之近紅外線穿透率,例如能夠使用市售的紫外線/可見光/近紅外分光光度計來測定。The near-infrared transmittance of the protective film-forming film of this embodiment at a wavelength of 1300 nm is 10% or less. The near-infrared transmittance at a wavelength of 1300 nm can be measured, for example, using a commercially available ultraviolet/visible light/near-infrared spectrophotometer.

本實施形態之保護膜形成膜的波長1300nm之近紅外線穿透率為10%以下,為了使近紅外線遮蔽功效更為優異,波長1300nm之近紅外線穿透率較佳為8%以下,更佳為6%以下,進而較佳為4%以下。 保護膜形成膜的波長1300nm之近紅外線穿透率亦可為0.01%以上,亦可為0.03%以上,亦可為0.04%以上,亦可為0.1%以上。 本實施形態之保護膜形成膜的波長365nm之近紅外線穿透率,為了使近紅外線遮蔽功效更為優異,較佳為未達0.20%,更佳為0.18%以下,進而較佳為0.17%以下,特佳為0.10%以下。 保護膜形成膜的波長365nm之近紅外線穿透率亦可為0.005%以上,亦可為0.008%以上。 The near-infrared transmittance of the protective film-forming film of this embodiment at a wavelength of 1300nm is less than 10%. In order to make the near-infrared shielding effect more excellent, the near-infrared transmittance of the wavelength of 1300nm is preferably less than 8%, more preferably less than 6%, and further preferably less than 4%. The near-infrared transmittance of the protective film-forming film at a wavelength of 1300nm can also be more than 0.01%, more than 0.03%, more than 0.04%, and more than 0.1%. The near-infrared transmittance of the protective film-forming film of this embodiment at a wavelength of 365nm is preferably less than 0.20%, more preferably less than 0.18%, further preferably less than 0.17%, and particularly preferably less than 0.10% in order to make the near-infrared shielding effect more excellent. The near-infrared transmittance of the protective film-forming film at a wavelength of 365nm can also be above 0.005%, or above 0.008%.

本實施形態之保護膜形成膜,以下述硬化率比的測定方法所測定的硬化率比為1.02以上至未達100。The protective film-forming film of the present embodiment has a hardening rate ratio of 1.02 or more and less than 100 as measured by the hardening rate ratio measurement method described below.

<硬化率比的測定方法> 針對前述保護膜形成膜,以照度220mW/cm 2、光量100mJ/cm 2的條件,從一側的面照射紫外線,製作紫外線照射後的保護膜形成膜(100)。 使用傅立葉轉換紅外分光分析裝置,針對紫外線照射前後的保護膜形成膜(100)之中與經紫外線照射之面為相反側之面(內面),以入射角45°、鑽石ATR法,進行FT-IR測定。將波數790cm -1附近之波峰的波峰強度標準化成1.5Abs並修正光譜的偏差後,將紫外線照射前後的保護膜形成膜(100)的內面之中,波數810cm -1附近之波峰的波峰強度的變化藉由下述式(1)來算出,將此作為保護膜形成膜的內面於100mJ/cm 2之中的硬化率。 其次,除了以照度220mW/cm 2、光量500mJ/cm 2的條件照射了紫外線以外,與上述同樣地製作紫外線照射後的保護膜形成膜(500)。針對紫外線照射前後的保護膜形成膜(500)之中與經紫外線照射之面為相反側之面(內面),以與上述相同的條件下,進行FT-IR測定。將波數790cm -1附近之波峰的波峰強度標準化成1.5Abs並修正光譜的偏差後,將紫外線照射前後的保護膜形成膜(500)的內面之中,波數810cm -1附近之波峰的波峰強度的變化藉由下述式(1)來算出,將此作為保護膜形成膜的內面於500mJ/cm 2之中的硬化率。 其次,將保護膜形成膜的內面於500mJ/cm 2之中的硬化率相對於保護膜形成膜的內面於100mJ/cm 2之中的硬化率之比率藉由下述式(2)來算出,將此作為保護膜形成膜的硬化率比。 <Method for measuring the curing rate ratio> The protective film forming film is irradiated with ultraviolet light from one side under the conditions of an illumination of 220 mW/ cm2 and a light quantity of 100 mJ/ cm2 to produce a protective film forming film (100) irradiated with ultraviolet light. The protective film forming film (100) before and after the ultraviolet light irradiation is subjected to FT-IR measurement at an incident angle of 45° and a diamond ATR method on the surface (inner surface) opposite to the surface irradiated with ultraviolet light of the protective film forming film (100) before and after the ultraviolet light irradiation. After the peak intensity of the peak near the wave number 790 cm -1 was normalized to 1.5 Abs and the deviation of the spectrum was corrected, the change in the peak intensity of the peak near the wave number 810 cm -1 on the inner surface of the protective film forming film (100) before and after the ultraviolet irradiation was calculated by the following formula (1), and this was taken as the curing rate of the inner surface of the protective film forming film in 100 mJ/cm 2. Next, the protective film forming film (500) after ultraviolet irradiation was prepared in the same manner as above, except that the ultraviolet irradiation was performed under the conditions of 220 mW/cm 2 of illumination and 500 mJ/cm 2 of light. The surface (inner surface) opposite to the surface irradiated with ultraviolet light in the protective film forming film (500) before and after the ultraviolet irradiation was subjected to FT-IR measurement under the same conditions as above. After the peak intensity of the peak near the wave number 790 cm -1 was normalized to 1.5 Abs and the deviation of the spectrum was corrected, the change in the peak intensity of the peak near the wave number 810 cm -1 in the inner surface of the protective film forming film (500) before and after ultraviolet irradiation was calculated by the following formula (1), and this was taken as the hardening rate of the inner surface of the protective film forming film in 500 mJ/cm 2. Next, the ratio of the hardening rate of the inner surface of the protective film forming film in 500 mJ/cm 2 to the hardening rate of the inner surface of the protective film forming film in 100 mJ/cm 2 was calculated by the following formula (2), and this was taken as the hardening rate ratio of the protective film forming film.

硬化率={(紫外線照射前的波峰強度-紫外線照射後的波峰強度)/紫外線照射前的波峰強度}×100 ・・・(1) 硬化率比=(保護膜形成膜的內面於500mJ/cm 2之中的硬化率)/(保護膜形成膜的內面於100mJ/cm 2之中的硬化率) ・・・(2) Curing rate = {(peak intensity before UV irradiation - peak intensity after UV irradiation) / peak intensity before UV irradiation} × 100 ・・・(1) Curing rate ratio = (curing rate of the inner surface of the protective film forming film at 500mJ/ cm2 ) / (curing rate of the inner surface of the protective film forming film at 100mJ/ cm2 ) ・・・(2)

藉由在式(2)所求得的硬化率比為1.02以上,使保護膜形成膜進行能量線硬化時,將保護膜形成膜的硬化之程度設為合適的範圍,藉此提升保護膜與矽晶圓的密合性,抑制保護膜的易於剝落。By setting the curing rate ratio calculated by equation (2) to be 1.02 or more, when the protective film-forming film is subjected to energy ray hardening, the degree of curing of the protective film-forming film is set to an appropriate range, thereby improving the performance of the protective film and The adhesion of the silicon wafer prevents the protective film from easily peeling off.

藉由在式(2)所求得的硬化率比為未達100,使保護膜形成膜進行能量線硬化時,將保護膜形成膜的硬化之程度設為合適的範圍,藉此提升保護膜與矽晶圓的密合性,抑制保護膜的易於剝落。Since the curing rate ratio calculated by the formula (2) is less than 100, when the protective film-forming film is subjected to energy beam hardening, the degree of curing of the protective film-forming film is set to an appropriate range, thereby improving the protective film. The adhesion to the silicon wafer prevents the protective film from easily peeling off.

本實施形態之保護膜形成膜中,在式(2)所求得的硬化率比為1.02以上,為了提升保護膜與矽晶圓的密合性,更合適地防止保護膜的剝落,在式(2)所求得的硬化率比較佳為1.1以上,更佳為2.0以上,進而較佳為2.5以上。In the protective film forming film of the present embodiment, the hardening rate ratio obtained by formula (2) is greater than 1.02. In order to improve the adhesion between the protective film and the silicon wafer and more appropriately prevent the protective film from peeling off, the hardening rate ratio obtained by formula (2) is preferably greater than 1.1, more preferably greater than 2.0, and further preferably greater than 2.5.

本實施形態之保護膜形成膜中,在式(2)所求得的硬化率比為未達100,為了提升保護膜與矽晶圓的密合性,更合適地防止保護膜的剝落,較佳為50以下,更佳為20以下,進而較佳為15以下,特佳為10以下,最佳為5以下。In the protective film forming film of the present embodiment, the hardening rate ratio obtained by formula (2) is less than 100. In order to improve the adhesion between the protective film and the silicon wafer and more appropriately prevent the protective film from peeling off, it is preferably less than 50, more preferably less than 20, further preferably less than 15, particularly preferably less than 10, and most preferably less than 5.

本實施形態之保護膜形成膜中,為了提升保護膜與矽晶圓的密合性,更合適地防止保護膜的剝落,在式(1)所求得的保護膜形成膜的內面於100mJ/cm 2之中的硬化率較佳為0.1%以上,更佳為0.5%以上,進而較佳為0.8%以上,特佳為1.0%以上。 再者,本實施形態之保護膜形成膜中,為了提升保護膜與矽晶圓的密合性,更合適地防止保護膜的剝落,在式(1)所求得的保護膜形成膜的內面於100mJ/cm 2之中的硬化率較佳為79%以下,更佳為75%以下,進而較佳為70%以下,特佳為30%以下,最佳為25%以下。 In the protective film forming film of the present embodiment, in order to improve the adhesion between the protective film and the silicon wafer and to more appropriately prevent the protective film from peeling off, the hardening rate of the inner surface of the protective film forming film obtained by formula (1) at 100mJ/ cm2 is preferably 0.1% or more, more preferably 0.5% or more, further preferably 0.8% or more, and particularly preferably 1.0% or more. Furthermore, in the protective film forming film of the present embodiment, in order to improve the adhesion between the protective film and the silicon wafer and to more appropriately prevent the protective film from peeling off, the hardening rate of the inner surface of the protective film forming film obtained by formula (1) at 100mJ/ cm2 is preferably 79% or less, more preferably 75% or less, further preferably 70% or less, particularly preferably 30% or less, and most preferably 25% or less.

本實施形態之保護膜形成膜中,為了提升保護膜與矽晶圓的密合性,更合適地防止保護膜的剝落,在式(1)所求得的保護膜形成膜的內面於500mJ/cm 2之中的硬化率較佳為1%以上,更佳為5%以上,進而較佳為10%以上。 再者,本實施形態之保護膜形成膜中,為了提升保護膜與矽晶圓的密合性,更合適地防止保護膜的剝落,在式(1)所求得的保護膜形成膜的內面於500mJ/cm 2之中的硬化率較佳為90%以下,更佳為85%以下,進而較佳為80%以下,特佳為75%以下,最佳為70%以下。 In the protective film-forming film of this embodiment, in order to improve the adhesion between the protective film and the silicon wafer and more appropriately prevent the peeling of the protective film, the inner surface of the protective film-forming film obtained by the formula (1) is heated to 500 mJ The hardening rate per cm 2 is preferably 1% or more, more preferably 5% or more, and still more preferably 10% or more. Furthermore, in the protective film-forming film of this embodiment, in order to improve the adhesion between the protective film and the silicon wafer and more appropriately prevent the peeling of the protective film, within the protective film-forming film obtained by the formula (1) The hardening rate within 500 mJ/cm 2 is preferably 90% or less, more preferably 85% or less, further preferably 80% or less, particularly preferably 75% or less, and most preferably 70% or less.

作為前述保護膜形成膜,例如可舉出含有:能量線硬化性成分(a)、不具有能量線硬化性基之丙烯酸樹脂(b)。 關於前述保護膜形成膜的含有成分,隨後將詳細地說明。 Examples of the protective film forming film include an acrylic resin (b) containing an energy ray curable component (a) and not having an energy ray curable group. The components contained in the protective film-forming film will be described in detail later.

保護膜形成膜可由1層(單層)構成,亦可由2層以上的複數層結構。在保護膜形成膜由複數層結構的情況,這些複數層可互相相同亦可不同,這些複數層的的組合沒有特別限定。The protective film-forming film may be composed of one layer (single layer) or a plurality of two or more layers. When the protective film-forming film has a plurality of layers, the plurality of layers may be the same as or different from each other, and the combination of the plurality of layers is not particularly limited.

本說明書中,不限於保護膜形成膜的情況,所謂「複數層可互相相同亦可不同」意指「可全部的層皆相同,可全部的層皆不同,亦可僅一部份的層相同」,並且所謂「複數層互相不同」意指「各層的構成材料及厚度的至少一種互相不同」。In this specification, not limited to the case of a protective film forming film, the phrase "multiple layers may be the same or different from each other" means "all layers may be the same, all layers may be different, or only some layers may be the same", and the phrase "multiple layers may be different from each other" means "at least one of the constituent material and thickness of each layer is different from each other".

保護膜形成膜的厚度較佳為1μm至100μm,更佳為3μm至80μm,特佳為5μm至60μm。藉由保護膜形成膜的厚度在前述下限值以上,能夠形成保護能力更高的保護膜。藉由保護膜形成膜的厚度在前述上限值以下,可避免附保護膜之晶片的厚度變的過厚。 此處,所謂「保護膜形成膜的厚度」意指保護膜形成膜整體的厚度,例如所謂由複數層結構之保護膜形成膜的厚度則意指構成保護膜形成膜之全部層的合計厚度。 本說明書中的「厚度」,能夠藉由在JIS K 7130:1999(ISO 4593:1993)所規定的手法來求出。 The thickness of the protective film forming film is preferably 1 μm to 100 μm, more preferably 3 μm to 80 μm, and particularly preferably 5 μm to 60 μm. By making the thickness of the protective film forming film above the aforementioned lower limit, a protective film with higher protective ability can be formed. By making the thickness of the protective film forming film below the aforementioned upper limit, the thickness of the chip with the protective film can be prevented from becoming too thick. Here, the so-called "thickness of the protective film forming film" means the thickness of the protective film forming film as a whole. For example, the so-called thickness of the protective film forming film of a multi-layer structure means the total thickness of all layers constituting the protective film forming film. The "thickness" in this manual can be obtained by the method specified in JIS K 7130: 1999 (ISO 4593: 1993).

<<保護膜形成用組成物>> 保護膜形成膜能夠使用含有保護膜形成膜之構成材料之能量線硬化性保護膜形成用組成物(本說明書中,有時僅稱為「保護膜形成用組成物」)來形成。例如,保護膜形成膜能夠藉由將前述保護膜形成用組成物塗覆於前述保護膜形成膜的形成對象面,並視需要使之乾燥來形成。保護膜形成用組成物之中在常溫不會汽化的成分彼此之含量的比率通常會與保護膜形成膜之中的前述成分彼此之含量的比率相同。本說明書中,所謂「常溫」意指不特別冷或特別熱的溫度、亦即平常的溫度,例如可舉出18℃至28℃的溫度等。 <<Composition for protective film formation>> The protective film-forming film can be formed using an energy-beam-curable protective film-forming composition (hereinafter, sometimes referred to only as "protective film-forming composition") containing a constituent material of the protective film-forming film. For example, the protective film-forming film can be formed by applying the protective film-forming composition to a surface to be formed of the protective film-forming film and drying it if necessary. The content ratio of components that do not vaporize at normal temperature in the protective film-forming composition is usually the same as the content ratio of the aforementioned components in the protective film-forming film. In this specification, "normal temperature" means a temperature that is not particularly cold or particularly hot, that is, an ordinary temperature. Examples thereof include a temperature of 18°C to 28°C.

保護膜形成用組成物的塗覆可利用公知的方法來進行,例如可舉出使用以下各種塗佈機之方法:氣刀塗佈機、刮刀塗佈機、棒式塗佈機、凹版塗佈機、輥式塗佈機、輥刀塗佈機、簾幕式塗佈機、模具塗佈機、刀式塗佈機、網版塗佈機、繞線棒(Mayer bar)式塗佈機、輕觸式塗佈機等。The coating of the protective film forming composition can be carried out by a known method, for example, a method using the following various coaters: air knife coater, doctor blade coater, rod coater, gravure coater, roll coater, roll knife coater, curtain coater, die coater, knife coater, screen coater, Mayer bar coater, touch coater, etc.

保護膜形成用組成物的乾燥條件沒有特別限定。不過,保護膜形成用組成物在含有後述之溶媒的情況,較佳為使之加熱乾燥。此外,含有溶媒之保護膜形成用組成物例如較佳為於70℃至130℃且以10秒鐘至5分鐘之條件進行加熱乾燥。但是,具有熱硬化性的保護膜形成用組成物較佳為以該組成物本身與由該組成物所形成之熱硬化性保護膜形成膜不會熱硬化的方式進行加熱乾燥。The drying conditions of the protective film forming composition are not particularly limited. However, when the composition for forming a protective film contains a solvent described below, it is preferable to heat and dry it. In addition, the composition for forming a protective film containing a solvent is preferably heated and dried at 70° C. to 130° C. for 10 seconds to 5 minutes. However, the thermosetting protective film-forming composition is preferably heated and dried so that the composition itself and the thermosetting protective film-forming film formed from the composition are not thermally cured.

<能量線硬化性保護膜形成用組成物(IV)> 作為較佳的保護膜形成用組成物,例如可舉出含有:前述能量線硬化性成分(a)、前述不具有能量線硬化性基之丙烯酸樹脂(b)、前述無機填充材(d)之能量線硬化性保護膜形成用組成物(IV)(本說明書中,有時僅稱為「組成物(IV)」)等。 <Energy ray curable protective film forming composition (IV)> Preferred protective film forming compositions include, for example, a composition containing the energy ray curable component (a), the acrylic resin (b) having no energy ray curable group, and the inorganic filler (d). Composition (IV) for forming an energy-beam curable protective film (herein, may only be referred to as "composition (IV)"), etc.

[能量線硬化性成分(a)] 能量線硬化性成分(a)係藉由照射能量線而硬化之成分,亦為用以對保護膜形成膜賦予造膜性或可撓性等,並且於硬化後形成硬質的保護膜之成分。保護膜形成膜係藉由含有能量線硬化性成分(a)而形成良好的特性之保護膜。 保護膜形成膜中,能量線硬化性成分(a)較佳為未硬化,較佳為具有黏著性,更佳為未硬化且具有黏著性。 [Energy ray curing component (a)] The energy ray curing component (a) is a component that is cured by irradiating energy rays, and is also a component used to impart film-forming properties or flexibility to the protective film-forming film, and to form a hard protective film after curing. The protective film-forming film is a protective film with good properties formed by containing the energy ray curing component (a). In the protective film-forming film, the energy ray curing component (a) is preferably uncured, preferably has adhesiveness, and more preferably is uncured and has adhesiveness.

為能量線硬化性成分(a)例如可舉出:具有能量線硬化性基且重量平均分子量為80000至2000000之聚合物(a1)、及具有能量線硬化性基且分子量為100至80000之化合物(a2)。前述聚合物(a1)可至少一部分藉由交聯劑進行交聯,亦可不進行交聯。Examples of the energy ray-curable component (a) include a polymer (a1) having an energy ray-curable group and a weight average molecular weight of 80,000 to 2,000,000, and a compound (a2) having an energy ray-curable group and a molecular weight of 100 to 80,000. The polymer (a1) may be at least partially crosslinked by a crosslinking agent or may not be crosslinked.

(具有能量線硬化性基且重量平均分子量為80000至2000000之聚合物(a1)) 作為具有能量線硬化性基且重量平均分子量為80000至2000000之聚合物(a1)例如可舉出使丙烯酸聚合物(a11)(具有能夠與其他化合物所具有之基反應的官能基)與能量線硬化性化合物(a12)(具有與前述官能基反應之基及能量線硬化性雙鍵等之能量線硬化性基)進行反應而成之丙烯酸樹脂(a1-1)。 (Polymer (a1) having an energy ray hardening group and a weight average molecular weight of 80,000 to 2,000,000) Examples of the polymer (a1) having an energy ray curable group and having a weight average molecular weight of 80,000 to 2,000,000 include an acrylic polymer (a11) (having a functional group capable of reacting with a group possessed by other compounds) and an energy ray. Acrylic resin (a1-1) obtained by reacting a curable compound (a12) (having an energy ray curable group such as a group that reacts with the functional group and an energy ray curable double bond).

作為能與其他化合物所具有之基反應的前述官能基例如可舉出:羥基、羧基、胺基、取代胺基(具有胺基的1個或2個氫原子被氫原子以外的基所取代而成之結構的基)、環氧基等。不過,就防止晶圓或晶片等之電路的腐蝕這一點而言,前述官能基較佳為羧基以外的基。 在這些官能基之中,前述官能基較佳為羥基。 Examples of the functional group that can react with a group possessed by other compounds include: hydroxyl group, carboxyl group, amino group, substituted amino group (a group having a structure in which one or two hydrogen atoms of an amino group are replaced by a group other than a hydrogen atom), epoxy group, etc. However, in terms of preventing corrosion of circuits such as wafers or chips, the functional group is preferably a group other than a carboxyl group. Among these functional groups, the functional group is preferably a hydroxyl group.

・具有官能基之丙烯酸聚合物(a11) 作為前述具有官能基之丙烯酸聚合物(a11)例如可舉出:具有前述官能基之丙烯酸單體、與不具有前述官能基之丙烯酸單體所共聚而成之丙烯酸聚合物,亦可為除了這些單體以外,進而共聚有丙烯酸單體以外的單體(非丙烯酸單體)而成之丙烯酸聚合物。 又,前述丙烯酸聚合物(a11)可為無規共聚物,亦可為嵌段共聚物,而關於聚合方法亦能夠採用公知的方法。 ・Acrylic polymer (a11) having a functional group Examples of the acrylic polymer (a11) having a functional group include an acrylic polymer obtained by copolymerizing an acrylic monomer having the functional group and an acrylic monomer not having the functional group, and an acrylic polymer obtained by copolymerizing these monomers with a monomer other than the acrylic monomer (non-acrylic monomer). The acrylic polymer (a11) may be a random copolymer or a block copolymer, and a known method may be used for the polymerization method.

作為前述具有官能基之丙烯酸單體例如可舉出:含羥基之單體、含羧基之單體、含胺基之單體、含取代胺基之單體、含環氧基之單體等。Examples of the acrylic monomer having a functional group include a hydroxyl group-containing monomer, a carboxyl group-containing monomer, an amine group-containing monomer, a substituted amine group-containing monomer, an epoxy group-containing monomer, and the like.

作為前述含羥基之單體例如可舉出:(甲基)丙烯酸羥甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-羥丁酯等之(甲基)丙烯酸羥基烷基酯;乙烯醇、烯丙醇等之非(甲基)丙烯醯基不飽和醇(不具有(甲基)丙烯醯基骨架之不飽和醇)等。Examples of the hydroxyl-containing monomer include: (hydroxymethylmeth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, and 3-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate. Hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, and other hydroxyalkyl (meth)acrylates; vinyl alcohol , non-(meth)acrylyl unsaturated alcohols such as allyl alcohol (unsaturated alcohols that do not have a (meth)acrylyl skeleton), etc.

作為前述含羧基之單體例如可舉出:(甲基)丙烯酸、丁烯酸等之乙烯性不飽和單羧酸(具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之單羧酸);富馬酸、伊康酸、馬來酸、檸康酸等之乙烯性不飽和二羧酸(具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之二羧酸);前述乙烯性不飽和二羧酸的酐;甲基丙烯酸2-羧基乙酯等之(甲基)丙烯酸羧基烷基酯等。Examples of the carboxyl group-containing monomer include ethylenically unsaturated monocarboxylic acids (monocarboxylic acids having an ethylenically unsaturated bond) such as (meth)acrylic acid and crotonic acid; fumaric acid and itaconic acid , maleic acid, citraconic acid, and other ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids (dicarboxylic acids with ethylenically unsaturated bonds); anhydrides of the aforementioned ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids; 2-carboxyethyl methacrylate, etc. Carboxyalkyl (meth)acrylate, etc.

前述具有官能基之丙烯酸單體較佳為含羥基之單體。The aforementioned acrylic monomer with functional groups is preferably a hydroxyl-containing monomer.

構成前述丙烯酸聚合物(a11)的前述具有官能基之丙烯酸單體可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些丙烯酸單體的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。The acrylic monomers having functional groups constituting the acrylic polymer (a11) may be only one type, or may be two or more types. When there are two or more types, the combination and ratio of those acrylic monomers can be selected arbitrarily. .

作為前述不具有官能基之丙烯酸單體例如可舉出:(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第二丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十一烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十二烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸月桂酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十三烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十四烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸肉豆蔻酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十五烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十六烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸棕櫚酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十七烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十八烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸硬脂酯)等之構成烷基酯之烷基為碳數為1至18的鏈狀結構之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯等。Examples of the acrylic monomer having no functional group include methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, n-propyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, n-butyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, sec-butyl (meth)acrylate, tert-butyl (meth)acrylate, pentyl (meth)acrylate, hexyl (meth)acrylate, heptyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, isooctyl (meth)acrylate, n-octyl (meth)acrylate, n-nonyl (meth)acrylate, isononyl (meth)acrylate, Alkyl esters such as decyl (meth)acrylate, undecyl (meth)acrylate, dodecyl (meth)acrylate (lauryl (meth)acrylate), tridecyl (meth)acrylate, tetradecyl (meth)acrylate (myristyl (meth)acrylate), pentadecyl (meth)acrylate, hexadecyl (meth)acrylate (palmityl (meth)acrylate), heptadecyl (meth)acrylate, octadecyl (meth)acrylate (stearyl (meth)acrylate), etc., wherein the alkyl group constituting the alkyl ester is a chain structure having 1 to 18 carbon atoms.

又,作為前述不具有官能基之丙烯酸單體例如亦可舉出:(甲基)丙烯酸甲氧基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸甲氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙氧基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙氧基乙酯等之含烷氧基烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯;包含(甲基)丙烯酸苯酯等之(甲基)丙烯酸芳基酯等之具有芳香族基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯;非交聯性的(甲基)丙烯醯胺及其衍生物;(甲基)丙烯酸N,N-二甲胺基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸N,N-二甲胺基丙酯等之具有非交聯性的三級胺基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。Furthermore, examples of the aforementioned acrylic monomers having no functional groups include: (meth)acrylates containing alkoxyalkyl groups such as methoxymethyl (meth)acrylate, methoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, ethoxymethyl (meth)acrylate, and ethoxyethyl (meth)acrylate; (meth)acrylates containing aromatic groups such as aryl (meth)acrylates including phenyl (meth)acrylate; non-crosslinking (meth)acrylamide and its derivatives; (meth)acrylates containing non-crosslinking tertiary amine groups such as N,N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate and N,N-dimethylaminopropyl (meth)acrylate, and the like.

構成前述丙烯酸聚合物(a11)的前述不具有官能基之丙烯酸單體可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些丙烯酸單體的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。The acrylic monomers without functional groups constituting the acrylic polymer (a11) may be only one type, or may be two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of those acrylic monomers can be arbitrary. select.

作為前述非丙烯酸單體例如可舉出:乙烯、降莰烯等之烯烴;乙酸乙烯酯;苯乙烯等。 構成前述丙烯酸聚合物(a11)的前述非丙烯酸單體可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些非丙烯酸單體的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。 Examples of the non-acrylic monomer include olefins such as ethylene and norbornene; vinyl acetate; styrene and the like. The non-acrylic monomer constituting the acrylic polymer (a11) may be only one type, or may be two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of those non-acrylic monomers can be arbitrarily selected.

前述丙烯酸聚合物(a11)中,由前述具有官能基之丙烯酸單體所衍生之構成單元的量相對於構成該丙烯酸聚合物(a11)之構成單元的總量之比例(含量)較佳為0.1質量%至50質量%,更佳為1質量%至40質量%,特佳為3質量%至30質量%。藉由前述比例在這樣的範圍,在由前述丙烯酸聚合物(a11)與前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)的共聚所獲得之前述丙烯酸樹脂(a1-1)中,能量線硬化性基的含量能使保護膜的硬化程度調節至較佳之範圍。In the acrylic polymer (a11), the ratio (content) of the amount of structural units derived from the acrylic monomer having a functional group to the total amount of structural units constituting the acrylic polymer (a11) is preferably 0.1. mass% to 50 mass%, more preferably 1 mass% to 40 mass%, particularly preferably 3 mass% to 30 mass%. When the aforementioned ratio is in such a range, the content of the energy ray curable group in the acrylic resin (a1-1) obtained by copolymerization of the acrylic polymer (a11) and the energy ray curable compound (a12) is It can adjust the hardening degree of the protective film to a better range.

構成前述丙烯酸樹脂(a1-1)之前述丙烯酸聚合物(a11)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些丙烯酸聚合物(a11)的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。The acrylic polymer (a11) constituting the acrylic resin (a1-1) may be only one type, or may be two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of the acrylic polymers (a11) can be Choose arbitrarily.

保護膜形成膜之中,丙烯酸樹脂(a1-1)的含量相對於保護膜形成膜的總質量之比例較佳為1質量%至70質量%,更佳為5質量%至60質量%,特佳為10質量%至50質量%。In the protective film-forming film, the content of the acrylic resin (a1-1) relative to the total mass of the protective film-forming film is preferably 1 mass % to 70 mass %, more preferably 5 mass % to 60 mass %, particularly Preferably, it is 10 mass % to 50 mass %.

・能量線硬化性化合物(a12) 前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)較佳為具有選自由異氰酸酯基、環氧基及羧基所組成之群組中的1種或2種以上作為能夠與前述丙烯酸聚合物(a11)所具有之官能基反應之基,更佳為具有異氰酸酯基作為前述基。當前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)例如具有異氰酸酯基作為前述基的情況,該異氰酸酯基容易與具有羥基作為前述官能基之丙烯酸聚合物(a11)的該羥基進行反應。 ・Energy ray curing compound (a12) The energy ray curing compound (a12) preferably has one or more selected from the group consisting of isocyanate group, epoxy group and carboxyl group as a group capable of reacting with the functional group possessed by the acrylic polymer (a11), and more preferably has an isocyanate group as the aforementioned group. When the energy ray curing compound (a12) has an isocyanate group as the aforementioned group, for example, the isocyanate group easily reacts with the hydroxyl group of the acrylic polymer (a11) having a hydroxyl group as the aforementioned functional group.

前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)的1分子中所具有之前述能量線硬化性基的數量並無特別限定,例如可考慮對目標保護膜所要求之收縮率等物性來適當選擇。 例如,前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)較佳為於1分子中具有1個至5個前述能量線硬化性基,更佳為具有1個至3個。 The number of the energy ray curable groups contained in one molecule of the energy ray curable compound (a12) is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected in consideration of physical properties such as shrinkage rate required for the target protective film. For example, the energy ray curable compound (a12) preferably has 1 to 5 of the energy ray curable groups per molecule, and more preferably has 1 to 3.

作為前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12),例如可舉出:2-甲基丙烯醯基氧基乙基異氰酸酯、間-異丙烯基-α,α-二甲基苄基異氰酸酯、甲基丙烯醯基異氰酸酯、異氰酸烯丙酯、異氰酸1,1-(雙丙烯醯氧基甲基)乙酯;藉由二異氰酸酯化合物或聚異氰酸酯化合物與(甲基)丙烯酸羥基乙酯之反應而獲得之丙烯醯基單異氰酸酯化合物;藉由二異氰酸酯化合物或聚異氰酸酯化合物、多元醇化合物、及(甲基)丙烯酸羥基乙酯之反應而獲得之丙烯醯基單異氰酸酯化合物等。 在這些之中,前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)較佳為2-甲基丙烯醯基氧基乙基異氰酸酯。 Examples of the energy ray curable compound (a12) include 2-methacryloxyethyl isocyanate, m-isopropenyl-α,α-dimethylbenzyl isocyanate, and methacrylyl isocyanate. isocyanate, allyl isocyanate, 1,1-(bisacrylyloxymethyl)ethyl isocyanate; produced by the reaction of a diisocyanate compound or a polyisocyanate compound and hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate Acrylyl monoisocyanate compound obtained; acrylyl monoisocyanate compound obtained by reaction of diisocyanate compound or polyisocyanate compound, polyol compound, and hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, etc. Among these, the energy ray curable compound (a12) is preferably 2-methacryloxyethyl isocyanate.

構成前述丙烯酸樹脂(a1-1)之前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些能量線硬化性化合物(a12)的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。The energy ray curable compound (a12) constituting the acrylic resin (a1-1) may be only one type, or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, those energy ray curable compounds (a12) Combinations and ratios can be selected arbitrarily.

前述丙烯酸樹脂(a1-1)中,源自前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)之能量線硬化性基的含量相對於源自前述丙烯酸聚合物(a11)之前述官能基的含量之比例較佳為20莫耳%至120莫耳%,更佳為35莫耳%至100莫耳%,特佳為50莫耳%至100莫耳%。藉由前述含量之比例在這樣的範圍,保護膜形成膜的硬化物的接著力會變得更大。另外,當前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)為一官能(在1分子中具有1個前述基)化合物的情況,前述含量之比例的上限值成為100莫耳%,但當前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)為多官能(在1分子中具有2個以上前述基)化合物的情況,有時前述含量之比例的上限值會超過100莫耳%。In the acrylic resin (a1-1), the ratio of the content of the energy ray curable group derived from the energy ray curable compound (a12) to the content of the functional group derived from the acrylic polymer (a11) is preferable. It is 20 mol% to 120 mol%, more preferably 35 mol% to 100 mol%, particularly preferably 50 mol% to 100 mol%. When the ratio of the aforementioned content is within such a range, the adhesive force of the cured material of the protective film-forming film becomes greater. In addition, when the energy ray curable compound (a12) is a monofunctional (having one of the above groups in one molecule) compound, the upper limit of the content ratio is 100 mol%. However, when the energy ray curable compound (a12) is When the sexual compound (a12) is a polyfunctional (having two or more of the above-mentioned groups in one molecule) compound, the upper limit of the above-mentioned content ratio may exceed 100 mol%.

前述聚合物(a1)的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為100000至2000000,更佳為300000至1500000。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer (a1) is preferably 100,000 to 2,000,000, more preferably 300,000 to 1,500,000.

本說明書中,所謂「重量平均分子量」,除非另有說明,否則係藉由凝膠滲透層析(GPC)法所測定之聚苯乙烯換算值。In this specification, the so-called "weight average molecular weight" is a polystyrene-equivalent value measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) unless otherwise specified.

組成物(IV)及保護膜形成膜所含有之前述聚合物(a1)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些聚合物(a1)的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。The composition (IV) and the protective film-forming film may contain only one type of the above-mentioned polymer (a1) or two or more types. When two or more types are contained, the combination and ratio of the polymers (a1) can be arbitrarily selected.

(具有能量線硬化性基且分子量為100至80000之化合物(a2)) 作為具有能量線硬化性基且分子量為100至80000之化合物(a2)中的前述能量線硬化性基,可舉出包含能量線硬化性雙鍵之基,作為較佳的前述能量線硬化性基可舉出:(甲基)丙烯醯基、乙烯基等。 (Compound (a2) having an energy ray curable group and a molecular weight of 100 to 80,000) As the aforementioned energy ray curable group in the compound (a2) having an energy ray curable group and a molecular weight of 100 to 80,000, a group containing an energy ray curable double bond can be cited, and as preferred aforementioned energy ray curable groups, (meth)acryl group, vinyl group, etc. can be cited.

前述化合物(a2)只要滿足上述的條件則並無特別限定,可舉出:具有能量線硬化性基之低分子量化合物、具有能量線硬化性基之環氧樹脂、具有能量線硬化性基之苯酚樹脂等。The compound (a2) is not particularly limited as long as it satisfies the above conditions, and examples thereof include: a low molecular weight compound having an energy ray curable group, an epoxy resin having an energy ray curable group, and a phenol having an energy ray curable group. Resin etc.

前述化合物(a2)之中,作為具有能量線硬化性基之低分子量化合物例如可舉出多官能之單體或寡聚體等,較佳為具有(甲基)丙烯醯基之丙烯酸酯系化合物。Among the aforementioned compounds (a2), examples of the low molecular weight compound having an energy ray-curable group include polyfunctional monomers or oligomers, and preferably an acrylate compound having a (meth)acryloyl group.

作為前述丙烯酸酯系化合物,例如可舉出多官能的單體或寡聚體等,較佳為1分子中具有2個或3個以上的(甲基)丙烯醯基之多官能丙烯酸酯系化合物。 作為前述多官能丙烯酸酯系化合物,例如可舉出:甲基丙烯酸2-羥基-3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙酯、聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丙氧基化乙氧基化雙酚A二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2,2-雙[4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基聚乙氧基)苯基]丙烷、乙氧基化雙酚A二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2,2-雙[4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基二乙氧基)苯基]丙烷、9,9-雙[4-(2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙氧基)苯基]茀、2,2-雙[4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基聚丙氧基)苯基]丙烷、三環癸烷二甲醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯(別名:三環癸烷二羥甲基二(甲基)丙烯酸酯)、1,10-癸二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,9-壬二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丁二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2,2-雙[4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙氧基)苯基]丙烷、新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙氧基化聚丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2-羥基-1,3-二(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙烷等之2官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯(1分子中具有2個的(甲基)丙烯醯基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯);異氰脲酸三(2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基)酯、ε-己內酯變性異氰脲酸三-(2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基)酯、乙氧基化甘油三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二-三羥甲基丙烷四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙氧基化季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯等之多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯(1分子中具有3個以上的(甲基)丙烯醯基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯);多官能(甲基)丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯寡聚體等之多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯寡聚體(1分子中具有2個或3個以上的(甲基)丙烯醯基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯寡聚體)等。 Examples of the acrylate compound include polyfunctional monomers or oligomers, and a polyfunctional acrylate compound having two or more (meth)acrylyl groups per molecule is preferred. . Examples of the polyfunctional acrylate compound include 2-hydroxy-3-(meth)acryloxypropyl methacrylate, polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, and propoxylated Ethoxylated bisphenol A di(meth)acrylate, 2,2-bis[4-((meth)acryloxypolyethoxy)phenyl]propane, ethoxylated bisphenol A di(meth)acrylate (Meth)acrylate, 2,2-bis[4-((meth)acryloxydiethoxy)phenyl]propane, 9,9-bis[4-(2-(meth)propene Cyloxyethoxy)phenyl]fluoride, 2,2-bis[4-((meth)acryloxypolypropoxy)phenyl]propane, tricyclodecane dimethanol di(meth)acrylic acid Ester (alias: tricyclodecane dimethylol di(meth)acrylate), 1,10-decanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di(meth)acrylate , 1,9-nonanediol di(meth)acrylate, dipropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, tripropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polybutylene glycol Di(meth)acrylate, ethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, diethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, triethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, 2,2-bis[4 -((meth)acryloxyethoxy)phenyl]propane, neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, ethoxylated polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxy-1 , 2-functional (meth)acrylate such as 3-di(meth)acryloxypropane ((meth)acrylate having two (meth)acrylyl groups in one molecule); isocyanuride Tris(2-(meth)acryloxyethyl) acid, ε-caprolactone denatured isocyanurate tris-(2-(meth)acryloxyethyl) ester, ethoxylation Glyceryl tri(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, di-trimethylolpropane tetra(meth)acrylate, ethoxylated Pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol poly(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate and other multifunctional (meth)acrylates (1 molecule (meth)acrylate with more than 3 (meth)acrylyl groups); multifunctional (meth)acrylate oligomer such as multifunctional (meth)acrylic urethane oligomer ((meth)acrylate oligomer having two or more (meth)acrylyl groups in one molecule), etc.

前述化合物(a2)之中,作為具有能量線硬化性基之環氧樹脂、具有能量線硬化性基之苯酚樹脂,例如能夠使用「日本特開2013-194102號公報」的段落0043等所記載之樹脂。這樣的樹脂雖然亦相當於構成後述之熱硬化性成分的樹脂,但在組成物(IV)中是作為前述化合物(a2)來使用。Among the aforementioned compounds (a2), as the epoxy resin having an energy ray curable group and the phenol resin having an energy ray curable group, for example, those described in paragraph 0043 of "Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-194102" can be used. resin. Such a resin also corresponds to the resin constituting the thermosetting component described below, but is used as the aforementioned compound (a2) in the composition (IV).

前述化合物(a2)的重量平均分子量較佳為100至30000,更佳為300至10000。The weight average molecular weight of the aforementioned compound (a2) is preferably 100 to 30,000, more preferably 300 to 10,000.

組成物(IV)及保護膜形成膜所含有之前述化合物(a2)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些化合物(a2)的的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。The aforementioned compound (a2) contained in the composition (IV) and the protective film-forming film may be only one type, or may be two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of those compounds (a2) can be Choose arbitrarily.

保護膜形成膜較佳為含有前述化合物(a2),更佳為含有1分子中具有2個或3個以上的(甲基)丙烯醯基之多官能丙烯酸酯系化合物,進而較佳為含有多官能(甲基)丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯寡聚體來作為能量線硬化性成分(a)。含有這樣的能量線硬化性成分(a)之保護膜形成膜的藉由能量線照射而成之硬化物(保護膜),具有良好的保護能力,且亦具有柔軟性,具有特別優異的特性。The protective film-forming film preferably contains the aforementioned compound (a2), more preferably contains a multifunctional acrylate compound having two or more (meth)acryl groups in one molecule, and further preferably contains a multifunctional (meth)acrylic urethane oligomer as the energy ray-curable component (a). The protective film-forming film containing such an energy ray-curable component (a) has a good protective ability and is also flexible, and has particularly excellent characteristics.

組成物(IV)及保護膜形成膜含有能量線硬化性成分(a)的情況,組成物(IV)及保護膜形成膜中,相對於丙烯酸樹脂(b)的含量100質量份,能量線硬化性成分(a)的含量較佳為100質量份至310質量份,更佳為130質量份至280質量份,例如亦可為130質量份至200質量份、亦可為210質量份至280質量份。When the composition (IV) and the protective film-forming film contain the energy ray curable component (a), the energy ray curable component (a) is contained in the composition (IV) and the protective film-forming film relative to 100 parts by mass of the acrylic resin (b). The content of the sexual component (a) is preferably from 100 parts by mass to 310 parts by mass, more preferably from 130 parts by mass to 280 parts by mass, for example, it may be 130 parts by mass to 200 parts by mass, or 210 parts by mass to 280 parts by mass. share.

組成物(IV)中,能量線硬化性成分(a)相對於溶媒以外之全部成分的總含量之含有比例(亦即,保護膜形成膜之中,能量線硬化性成分(a)含量相對於保護膜形成膜的總質量之比例)較佳為12質量%至31質量%,更佳為14質量%至28質量%,更佳為16質量%至25質量%。前述能量線硬化性成分(a)的含有比例(亦即,前述能量線硬化性成分(a)含量的比例)藉由在前述下限值以上,前述保護膜形成膜的能量線硬化性變得更加良好。前述能量線硬化性成分(a)的含有比例(亦即,前述能量線硬化性成分(a)含量的比例)藉由在前述上限值以下,易於製備所期望的保護膜形成膜。In the composition (IV), the content ratio of the energy ray curable component (a) relative to the total content of all components other than the solvent (that is, the content ratio of the energy ray curable component (a) relative to the total mass of the protective film forming film in the protective film forming film) is preferably 12 mass % to 31 mass %, more preferably 14 mass % to 28 mass %, and more preferably 16 mass % to 25 mass %. When the content ratio of the energy ray curable component (a) (that is, the content ratio of the energy ray curable component (a)) is above the aforementioned lower limit, the energy ray curability of the aforementioned protective film forming film becomes better. When the content ratio of the energy ray curable component (a) (that is, the content ratio of the energy ray curable component (a)) is below the aforementioned upper limit, it is easy to prepare the desired protective film forming film.

[不具有能量線硬化性基之丙烯酸樹脂(b)] 前述保護膜形成膜較佳為含有不具有能量線硬化性基之丙烯酸樹脂(b)(本說明書中,有時僅稱為「丙烯酸樹脂(b)」)。 [Acrylic resin (b) without energy ray curable group] The protective film-forming film preferably contains an acrylic resin (b) that does not have an energy ray curable group (in this specification, it may be simply referred to as "acrylic resin (b)").

前述丙烯酸樹脂(b)為對保護膜形成膜賦予造膜性的成分。The acrylic resin (b) is a component that imparts film-forming properties to the protective film-forming film.

前述丙烯酸樹脂(b)可為公知的丙烯酸樹脂,例如亦可為1種的丙烯酸單體之均聚物,亦可為2種以上的丙烯酸單體之共聚物,亦可為1種或2種以上的丙烯酸單體與1種或2種以上的丙烯酸單體以外的單體(非丙烯酸單體)之共聚物。The acrylic resin (b) may be a known acrylic resin, for example, it may be a homopolymer of one acrylic monomer, a copolymer of two or more acrylic monomers, or one or two acrylic resins. Copolymers of the above acrylic monomers and one or more monomers other than acrylic monomers (non-acrylic monomers).

丙烯酸樹脂(b)較佳為具有由4-(甲基)丙烯醯基嗎啉衍生而成的構成單元。亦即,丙烯酸樹脂(b)較佳為4-(甲基)丙烯醯基嗎啉的聚合物。藉由丙烯酸樹脂(b)具有由4-(甲基)丙烯醯基嗎啉衍生而成的構成單元,丙烯酸樹脂(b)與上述的晶圓或晶片的密合性優異,保護膜自晶圓或晶片的剝離之抑制功效變高。The acrylic resin (b) preferably has a structural unit derived from 4-(meth)acrylylmorpholine. That is, the acrylic resin (b) is preferably a polymer of 4-(meth)acrylmorpholine. Since the acrylic resin (b) has a structural unit derived from 4-(meth)acryloylmorpholine, the acrylic resin (b) has excellent adhesion to the above-mentioned wafer or wafer, and the protective film is formed from the wafer. Or the effect of inhibiting wafer peeling becomes higher.

前述丙烯酸樹脂(b)較佳為具有由4-(甲基)丙烯醯基嗎啉衍生而成的構成單元、與該由4-(甲基)丙烯醯基嗎啉衍生而成的構成單元以外的構成單元。亦即,丙烯酸樹脂(b)較佳為4-(甲基)丙烯醯基嗎啉和與該由4-(甲基)丙烯醯基嗎啉衍生而成的構成單元以外的單體或寡聚體之共聚物。The acrylic resin (b) preferably has a constituent unit derived from 4-(meth)acryloylmorpholine and a constituent unit other than the constituent unit derived from 4-(meth)acryloylmorpholine. That is, the acrylic resin (b) is preferably a copolymer of 4-(meth)acryloylmorpholine and a monomer or oligomer other than the constituent unit derived from 4-(meth)acryloylmorpholine.

丙烯酸樹脂(b)中,由4-(甲基)丙烯醯基嗎啉衍生而成的構成單元的量相對於構成單元的總量之比例較佳為10質量%至30質量%,更佳為13質量%至30質量%,亦可為18質量%至30質量%、及23質量%至30質量%之任一種。In the acrylic resin (b), the ratio of the amount of the constituent units derived from 4-(meth)acryloylmorpholine to the total amount of the constituent units is preferably 10 to 30 mass%, more preferably 13 to 30 mass%, and may be any one of 18 to 30 mass%, and 23 to 30 mass%.

丙烯酸樹脂(b)亦可為至少一部分藉由交聯劑所交聯而成,亦可為未交聯而成。The acrylic resin (b) may be at least partially cross-linked by a cross-linking agent, or may not be cross-linked.

作為構成丙烯酸樹脂(b)之前述丙烯酸單體,例如可舉出:(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯、不具有官能基但具有環狀骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、含縮水甘油基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、含羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、含取代胺基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、含羧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、含胺基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯等的(甲基)丙烯酸酯;(甲基)丙烯醯胺;4-(甲基)丙烯醯基嗎啉等的(甲基)丙烯醯胺衍生物等。此處,所謂「取代胺基」,意指具有胺基的1個或2個的氫原子被氫原子以外的基所取代而成之結構的基。此處,所謂「官能基」意指縮水甘油基、羥基、取代胺基、羧基、胺基等之能與其他基反應的基(反應性官能基)。Examples of the acrylic monomers constituting the acrylic resin (b) include (meth)acrylates such as alkyl (meth)acrylates, (meth)acrylates having no functional group but having a cyclic skeleton, (meth)acrylates containing a glycidyl group, (meth)acrylates containing a hydroxyl group, (meth)acrylates containing a substituted amino group, (meth)acrylates containing a carboxyl group, and (meth)acrylates containing an amino group; (meth)acrylamide; (meth)acrylamide derivatives such as 4-(meth)acryloylmorpholine, etc. Here, the so-called "substituted amino group" means a group having a structure in which one or two hydrogen atoms of an amino group are replaced by a group other than a hydrogen atom. Here, the so-called "functional group" means a group (reactive functional group) that can react with other groups such as a glycidyl group, a hydroxyl group, a substituted amino group, a carboxyl group, and an amino group.

本說明書中,所謂「(甲基)丙烯酸」係包含「丙烯酸」及「甲基丙烯酸」雙方之概念。關於與(甲基)丙烯酸類似的用語亦同,例如所謂「(甲基)丙烯酸酯」係包含「丙烯酸酯」及「甲基丙烯酸酯」雙方之概念,所謂「(甲基)丙烯醯基」係包含「丙烯醯基」及「甲基丙烯醯基」雙方之概念。In this specification, "(meth)acrylic acid" includes the concept of both "acrylic acid" and "methacrylic acid". The same applies to terms similar to (meth)acrylic acid. For example, the so-called "(meth)acrylate" includes the concepts of both "acrylate" and "methacrylate", and the so-called "(meth)acrylyl" It is a concept that includes both "acrylyl" and "methacrylyl".

本說明書中,假設某特定的化合物中,1個以上的氫原子被氫原子以外的基所取代之結構的情況,則將具有這種經取代之結構的化合物稱為上述之特定的化合物的「衍生物」。 本說明書中,所謂「基」不僅為複數個的原子所鍵結而成的原子團,亦包含1個的原子。 In this specification, assuming that a specific compound has a structure in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted by a group other than a hydrogen atom, the compound having such a substituted structure is referred to as "the above-mentioned specific compound" derivative". In this specification, the so-called "group" includes not only an atomic group in which a plurality of atoms are bonded, but also a single atom.

作為前述不具有官能基與環狀骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯例如可舉出:(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第二丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十一烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十二烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸月桂酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十三烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十四烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸肉豆蔻酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十五烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十六烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸棕櫚酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十七烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十八烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸硬脂酯)等之構成烷基酯的烷基係碳數為1至18之鏈狀結構之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯等。Examples of the alkyl (meth)acrylate that does not have a functional group or a cyclic skeleton include: (methyl)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, n-propyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylate Isopropyl methacrylate, n-butyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, second butyl (meth)acrylate, third butyl (meth)acrylate, (meth) Amyl acrylate, hexyl (meth)acrylate, heptyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, isooctyl (meth)acrylate, n-octyl (meth)acrylate, n-nonyl (meth)acrylate, isononyl (meth)acrylate, decyl (meth)acrylate, undecyl (meth)acrylate, dodecyl (meth)acrylate ((meth)acrylate (Basic) Lauryl acrylate), Tridecyl (meth)acrylate, Myristyl (meth)acrylate (Myristyl (meth)acrylate), Pentadecyl (meth)acrylate, Cetyl (meth)acrylate (palmityl (meth)acrylate), heptadecyl (meth)acrylate, stearyl (meth)acrylate (stearyl (meth)acrylate) ), etc. The alkyl group constituting the alkyl ester is a (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester with a chain structure having a carbon number of 1 to 18.

作為前述不具有官能基但具有環狀骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可舉出:(甲基)丙烯酸異莰酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊酯等之(甲基)丙烯酸環烷基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯等之(甲基)丙烯酸芳烷基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烯酯等之(甲基)丙烯酸環烯酯;(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烯氧基乙酯等之(甲基)丙烯酸環烯氧基烷基酯等。Examples of the aforementioned (meth)acrylate having no functional group but having a cyclic skeleton include: cycloalkyl (meth)acrylates such as isoborneol (meth)acrylate and dicyclopentanyl (meth)acrylate; aralkyl (meth)acrylates such as benzyl (meth)acrylate; cycloolefin (meth)acrylates such as dicyclopentenyl (meth)acrylate; cycloolefin (meth)acrylates such as dicyclopentenyl (meth)acrylate; and cycloolefinoxyalkyl (meth)acrylates such as dicyclopentenyloxyethyl (meth)acrylate.

作為前述含縮水甘油基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯例如可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯等。 作為前述含羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可舉出:前述不具有官能基與環狀骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯、前述不具有官能基但具有環狀骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯的其中一者中,具有1個或2個以上的氫原子被羥基所取代而成之結構。作為較佳的前述含羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可舉出:(甲基)丙烯酸羥甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-羥丁酯等。 作為前述含取代胺基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸N-甲基胺基乙酯等。 Examples of the aforementioned glycidyl-containing (meth)acrylate include glycidyl (meth)acrylate. Examples of the aforementioned hydroxyl-containing (meth)acrylate include: a structure in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced by hydroxyl groups in one of the aforementioned (meth)acrylate alkyl esters without functional groups and cyclic skeletons and the aforementioned (meth)acrylates without functional groups but with cyclic skeletons. Examples of preferred aforementioned hydroxyl-containing (meth)acrylates include: hydroxymethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, etc. Examples of the aforementioned (meth)acrylate containing a substituted amino group include N-methylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate, etc.

作為構成丙烯酸樹脂(b)之前述非丙烯酸單體,例如可舉出:乙烯、降莰烯等之烯烴;乙酸乙烯酯;苯乙烯等。Examples of the non-acrylic monomers constituting the acrylic resin (b) include olefins such as ethylene and norbornene; vinyl acetate; and styrene.

作為至少一部分藉由交聯劑所交聯而成之丙烯酸樹脂(b),例如可舉出丙烯酸樹脂(b)中的官能基與交聯劑進行反應而成。 前述官能基只要依交聯劑的種類等適當選擇即可,沒有特別限定。例如在交聯劑為聚異氰酸酯化合物的情況,作為前述官能基,可舉出:羥基、羧基、胺基等,在這些官能基之中,較佳為與異氰酸酯基的反應性高的羥基。再者,在交聯劑為環氧系化合物的情況,作為前述官能基,可舉出:羧基、胺基等,在這些官能基之中,較佳為與環氧基的反應性高的羧基。不過,就防止晶圓或晶片的電路之腐蝕這一點而言,前述官能基較佳為羧基以外的基。 As an acrylic resin (b) at least partly crosslinked by a crosslinking agent, for example, a functional group in the acrylic resin (b) reacts with a crosslinking agent. The functional group is not particularly limited as long as it is appropriately selected according to the type of the crosslinking agent. For example, when the crosslinking agent is a polyisocyanate compound, as the functional group, hydroxyl, carboxyl, amine, etc. can be cited, and among these functional groups, hydroxyl groups with high reactivity with isocyanate groups are preferred. Furthermore, when the crosslinking agent is an epoxy compound, as the functional group, carboxyl, amine, etc. can be cited, and among these functional groups, carboxyl groups with high reactivity with epoxy groups are preferred. However, in terms of preventing corrosion of the circuits of wafers or chips, the aforementioned functional groups are preferably groups other than carboxyl groups.

作為前述具有官能基之丙烯酸樹脂(b),例如可舉出至少使前述具有官能基之單體進行聚合而獲得的丙烯酸樹脂。 作為前述具有官能基之丙烯酸樹脂(b),更具體而言,例如可舉出:使選自由前述含縮水甘油基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、前述含羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、前述含取代胺基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、前述含羧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、前述含胺基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、前述非丙烯酸單體中具有1個或2個以上的氫原子被前述官能基所取代之結構的單體所構成之群組中1種或2種以上的單體所聚合而獲得的丙烯酸樹脂。 As the aforementioned acrylic resin (b) having a functional group, for example, there can be cited an acrylic resin obtained by polymerizing at least the aforementioned monomer having a functional group. As the aforementioned acrylic resin (b) having a functional group, more specifically, for example, there can be cited an acrylic resin obtained by polymerizing one or more monomers selected from the group consisting of the aforementioned glycidyl-containing (meth)acrylate, the aforementioned hydroxyl-containing (meth)acrylate, the aforementioned substituted amino-containing (meth)acrylate, the aforementioned carboxyl-containing (meth)acrylate, the aforementioned amino-containing (meth)acrylate, and the aforementioned non-acrylic monomer having a structure in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted by the aforementioned functional group.

前述丙烯酸樹脂(b)中,由具有官能基之單體所衍生之構成單元的量相對於構成此丙烯酸樹脂(b)之構成單元的總量之比例(含量)較佳為1質量%至20質量%,更佳為2質量%至10質量%。藉由前述比例在這樣的範圍,丙烯酸樹脂(b)中,交聯的程度會成為更佳的範圍。In the acrylic resin (b), the proportion (content) of the amount of structural units derived from the monomer having a functional group relative to the total amount of the structural units constituting the acrylic resin (b) is preferably 1 to 20% by mass. mass %, more preferably 2 mass % to 10 mass %. When the aforementioned ratio is within such a range, the degree of crosslinking in the acrylic resin (b) becomes a more optimal range.

丙烯酸樹脂(b)的重量平均分子量(Mw)就更加抑制因回流步驟所致之滲出這一點而言,較佳為10000以上,更佳為20000以上,進而較佳為40000以上。丙烯酸樹脂(b)的重量平均分子量(Mw)就組成物(IV)的造膜性變得更加良好這一點而言,較佳為10000至2000000,更佳為100000至1500000。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the acrylic resin (b) is preferably 10,000 or more, more preferably 20,000 or more, and still more preferably 40,000 or more, in order to further suppress bleeding due to the reflux step. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the acrylic resin (b) is preferably 10,000 to 2,000,000, more preferably 100,000 to 1,500,000, in view of the film-forming property of the composition (IV) becoming better.

組成物(IV)及前述保護膜形成膜所含有之丙烯酸樹脂(b)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些丙烯酸樹脂(b)的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。The acrylic resin (b) contained in the composition (IV) and the protective film-forming film may be only one type, or may be two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of those acrylic resins (b) Can choose arbitrarily.

組成物(IV)中,丙烯酸樹脂(b)的含量相對於溶媒以外之全部成分的總含量之比例(亦即,保護膜形成膜之中,丙烯酸樹脂(b)的含量相對於保護膜形成膜的總質量之比例)較佳為8質量%以上,更佳為10質量%以上,例如亦可為12質量%以上、及14質量%以上之中任一種。In the composition (IV), the ratio of the content of the acrylic resin (b) to the total content of all components except the solvent (that is, in the protective film-forming film, the content of the acrylic resin (b) in the protective film-forming film is The proportion of the total mass) is preferably 8 mass% or more, more preferably 10 mass% or more, for example, it may be any one of 12 mass% or more and 14 mass% or more.

組成物(IV)中,丙烯酸樹脂(b)的含量相對於溶媒以外之全部成分的總含量之比例(亦即,保護膜形成膜之中,丙烯酸樹脂(b)的含量相對於保護膜形成膜的總質量之比例)的上限值沒有特別限定。就保護膜平衡性佳地發揮抑制因回流步驟所致之滲出的特性、與除該特性以外的特性這一點而言,前述上限值亦可為27質量%以下,較佳為25質量%以下,更佳為23質量%以下,進而較佳為21質量%以下。In the composition (IV), the ratio of the content of the acrylic resin (b) to the total content of all components except the solvent (that is, in the protective film-forming film, the content of the acrylic resin (b) in the protective film-forming film is The upper limit of the proportion of the total mass) is not particularly limited. The upper limit may be 27% by mass or less, preferably 25% by mass or less, in that the protective film exhibits a good balance between the characteristics of suppressing bleedout due to the reflow step and characteristics other than these characteristics. , more preferably 23% by mass or less, still more preferably 21% by mass or less.

組成物(IV)中,丙烯酸樹脂(b)的含量相對於溶媒以外之全部成分的總含量之比例(亦即,保護膜形成膜之中,丙烯酸樹脂(b)的含量相對於保護膜形成膜的總質量之比例)能夠在任意組合上述任一者的下限值與上限值而設定的範圍內適當調節。 例如,一實施形態中,前述比例較佳為8質量%至27質量%,更佳為10質量%至25質量%,亦可為12質量%至23質量%、及14質量%至21質量%中任一種。 In composition (IV), the ratio of the content of acrylic resin (b) to the total content of all components other than the solvent (i.e., the ratio of the content of acrylic resin (b) to the total mass of the protective film forming film in the protective film forming film) can be appropriately adjusted within the range set by any combination of the lower limit and the upper limit of any of the above. For example, in one embodiment, the above ratio is preferably 8% by mass to 27% by mass, more preferably 10% by mass to 25% by mass, and can also be any one of 12% by mass to 23% by mass, and 14% by mass to 21% by mass.

組成物(IV)及保護膜形成膜含有能量線硬化性成分(a)及丙烯酸樹脂(b)的情況,組成物(IV)及保護膜形成膜中,相對於丙烯酸樹脂(b)的含量100質量份,能量線硬化性成分(a)的含量較佳為70質量份至310質量份,更佳為80質量份至280質量份,更佳為85質量份至250質量份。When the composition (IV) and the protective film-forming film contain the energy ray curable component (a) and the acrylic resin (b), the content of the composition (IV) and the protective film-forming film relative to the acrylic resin (b) is 100 In parts by mass, the content of the energy ray hardening component (a) is preferably 70 to 310 parts by mass, more preferably 80 to 280 parts by mass, and more preferably 85 to 250 parts by mass.

組成物(IV)中,能量線硬化性成分(a)及丙烯酸樹脂(b)的合計含量相對於溶媒以外之全部成分的總含量之比例(亦即,保護膜形成膜之中,能量線硬化性成分(a)及丙烯酸樹脂(b)的合計含量相對於保護膜形成膜的總質量之比例)較佳為10質量%至60質量%,例如亦可為20質量%至50質量%、及30質量%至45質量%中任一種。藉由前述比例在這樣的範圍,使用能量線硬化性成分(a)及丙烯酸樹脂(b)所帶來的功效變得更高。In the composition (IV), the ratio of the total content of the energy ray curable component (a) and the acrylic resin (b) to the total content of all components other than the solvent (i.e., the ratio of the total content of the energy ray curable component (a) and the acrylic resin (b) to the total mass of the protective film forming film) is preferably 10% by mass to 60% by mass, for example, it may be any one of 20% by mass to 50% by mass and 30% by mass to 45% by mass. When the above ratio is within such a range, the effect brought about by using the energy ray curable component (a) and the acrylic resin (b) becomes higher.

[其他成分] 組成物(IV)及保護膜形成膜在無損於本發明的效果之範圍內,亦可含有皆不相當於能量線硬化性成分(a)、與丙烯酸樹脂(b)中任一種成分之其他成分。 作為前述其他成分,例如可舉出:光聚合起始劑(c);無機填充材(d);偶合劑(e);交聯劑(f);著色劑(g);熱硬化性成分(h);通用添加劑(z);不相當於丙烯酸樹脂(b)的不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b0)(本說明書中,有時稱為「不具有能量線硬化性基之其他聚合物(b0)」或「聚合物(b0)」)等。 [Other ingredients] The composition (IV) and the protective film-forming film may contain other components that are not equivalent to either the energy ray curable component (a) or the acrylic resin (b) within the range that does not impair the effects of the present invention. . Examples of the aforementioned other components include: photopolymerization initiator (c); inorganic filler (d); coupling agent (e); cross-linking agent (f); colorant (g); thermosetting component ( h); general additive (z); polymer (b0) not equivalent to acrylic resin (b) and not having an energy ray curable group (in this specification, it is sometimes referred to as "other polymers not having an energy ray curable group"). "Polymer (b0)" or "Polymer (b0)"), etc.

(光聚合起始劑(c)) 組成物(IV)及保護膜形成膜含有光聚合起始劑(c)的情況,使能量線硬化性成分(a)的聚合(硬化)反應有效率地進行。 (Photopolymerization initiator (c)) When the composition (IV) and the protective film-forming film contain the photopolymerization initiator (c), the polymerization (hardening) reaction of the energy ray curable component (a) proceeds efficiently.

作為前述光聚合起始劑,例如可舉出:安息香、安息香甲醚、安息香乙醚、安息香異丙醚、安息香異丁醚、安息香苯甲酸、安息香苯甲酸甲酯、安息香二甲基縮酮等之安息香化合物;苯乙酮、2-羥基-2-甲基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、2,2-二甲氧基-1,2-二苯基乙烷-1-酮、2-羥基-1-(4-(4-(2-羥基-2-甲基丙醯基)苄基)苯基)-2-甲基丙烷-1-酮、2-(二甲基胺基)-1-(4-嗎啉基苯基)-2-苄基-1-丁酮等之苯乙酮化合物;雙(2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基)苯基氧化膦、2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基二苯基氧化膦等之醯基氧化膦化合物;苄基苯基硫醚、一硫化四甲基秋蘭姆等之硫醚化合物;1-羥基環己基苯基酮等之α-酮醇化合物;偶氮雙異丁腈等之偶氮化合物;二茂鈦等之二茂鈦化合物;噻噸酮等之噻噸酮化合物;過氧化物化合物;二乙醯等之二酮化合物;苯偶醯;二苯偶醯;二苯甲酮;2,4-二乙基噻噸酮;1,2-二苯基甲烷;2-羥基-2-甲基-1-[4-(1-甲基乙烯基)苯基]丙酮;1-氯蒽醌、2-氯蒽醌等之醌化合物。 再者,作為前述光聚合起始劑,例如亦可舉出胺等之光敏劑等。 Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, benzoic acid, benzoin methyl benzoate, benzoin dimethyl ketal, and the like. Benzoin compounds; acetophenone, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethan-1-one, 2 -Hydroxy-1-(4-(4-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropanyl)benzyl)phenyl)-2-methylpropan-1-one, 2-(dimethylamino) -Acetophenone compounds such as 1-(4-morpholinylphenyl)-2-benzyl-1-butanone; bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl)phenylphosphine oxide, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyldiphenylphosphine oxide and other acylphosphine oxide compounds; benzylphenyl sulfide, tetramethylthiuram monosulfide and other sulfide compounds; 1-hydroxyl α-ketool compounds such as cyclohexyl phenyl ketone; azo compounds such as azobisisobutyronitrile; titanocene compounds such as titanocene; thioxanthone compounds such as thioxanthone; peroxide compounds; Diketone compounds such as diethyl chloride; benzoyl chloride; diphenyl chloride; benzophenone; 2,4-diethylthioxanthone; 1,2-diphenylmethane; 2-hydroxy-2-methyl Base-1-[4-(1-methylvinyl)phenyl]acetone; quinone compounds such as 1-chloroanthraquinone and 2-chloroanthraquinone. Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include photosensitizers such as amines.

組成物(IV)及保護膜形成膜所含有之光聚合起始劑(c)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些光聚合起始劑(c)的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。例如,2-羥基-2-甲基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮等之在常溫為液狀的反應性高的光聚合起始劑,單獨使用能夠使保護膜形成膜有效率地交聯,可提高凝膠分率。2-羥基-1-(4-(4-(2-羥基-2-甲基丙醯基)苄基)苯基)-2-甲基丙烷-1-酮、1-羥基環己基-苯基酮等之反應性低的光聚合起始劑係藉由與2-(二甲基胺基)-1-(4-嗎啉基苯基)-2-苄基-1-丁酮等之反應性高的光聚合起始劑併用,能夠使保護膜形成膜有效率地交聯,可提高凝膠分率。The photopolymerization initiator (c) contained in the composition (IV) and the protective film-forming film may be only one type, or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, those photopolymerization initiators (c) ) combinations and ratios can be selected arbitrarily. For example, highly reactive photopolymerization initiators, such as 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenylpropan-1-one, which are liquid at room temperature, can efficiently exchange protective film-forming films when used alone. Connection can increase the gel fraction. 2-Hydroxy-1-(4-(4-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl)benzyl)phenyl)-2-methylpropan-1-one, 1-hydroxycyclohexyl-phenyl Photopolymerization initiators with low reactivity such as ketones are produced by reaction with 2-(dimethylamino)-1-(4-morpholinylphenyl)-2-benzyl-1-butanone, etc. The combined use of a highly photopolymerization initiator can effectively cross-link the protective film-forming film and increase the gel fraction.

使用光聚合起始劑(c)的情況,組成物(IV)中,相對於能量線硬化性成分(a)的含量100質量份,光聚合起始劑(c)的含量較佳為0.1質量份至20質量份,更佳為1質量份至10質量份,特佳為2質量份至5質量份。When a photopolymerization initiator (c) is used, the content of the photopolymerization initiator (c) in the composition (IV) is preferably 0.1 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the energy ray curable component (a). part to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 10 parts by mass, particularly preferably 2 to 5 parts by mass.

(無機填充材(d)) 組成物(IV)及保護膜形成膜含有無機填充材(d)的情況,藉由調節組成物(IV)及保護膜形成膜中的無機填充材(d)的量,能夠更容易地調節保護膜形成膜的硬化物(例如保護膜)的熱膨脹係數。例如,藉由針對保護膜的形成對象物將保護膜的熱膨脹係數進行最佳化,使用保護膜形成膜所獲得的封裝體之可靠性會更加提升。再者,藉由使用含有無機填充材(d)之保護膜形成膜,亦能夠降低保護膜形成膜的硬化物(例如保護膜)的吸濕率,或使散熱性提升。 (Inorganic filler (d)) When the composition (IV) and the protective film-forming film contain the inorganic filler (d), the protection can be adjusted more easily by adjusting the amount of the inorganic filler (d) in the composition (IV) and the protective film-forming film. The thermal expansion coefficient of a cured product of a film-forming film (for example, a protective film). For example, by optimizing the thermal expansion coefficient of the protective film for the object on which the protective film is formed, the reliability of the package obtained using the protective film forming film will be further improved. Furthermore, by using the protective film-forming film containing the inorganic filler (d), the moisture absorption rate of the cured product of the protective film-forming film (eg, protective film) can also be reduced, or the heat dissipation property can be improved.

作為無機填充材(d)例如可舉出:二氧化矽、氧化鋁、滑石、碳酸鈣、鈦白、鐵丹、碳化矽、氮化硼等之無機材料的粉末;將這些無機材料球形化而成之珠粒;這些無機材料的表面改質品;這些無機材料的單晶纖維;玻璃纖維等。再者,作為表面改質品,可舉出:甲氧基修飾、環氧基修飾、苯基修飾等。 在這些無機材料之中,無機填充材(d)較佳為二氧化矽或氧化鋁。 Examples of inorganic fillers (d) include: powders of inorganic materials such as silica, alumina, talc, calcium carbonate, titanium dioxide, red iron, silicon carbide, and boron nitride; beads obtained by spheronizing these inorganic materials; surface-modified products of these inorganic materials; single-crystal fibers of these inorganic materials; and glass fibers. Furthermore, surface-modified products include methoxy-modified, epoxy-modified, and phenyl-modified products. Among these inorganic materials, the inorganic filler (d) is preferably silica or alumina.

組成物(IV)及保護膜形成膜所含有的無機填充材(d)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些無機填充材(d)的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。The inorganic filler (d) contained in the composition (IV) and the protective film-forming film may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more kinds, the combination and ratio of the inorganic fillers (d) can be arbitrarily selected.

組成物(IV)中,無機填充材(d)的含量相對於溶媒以外之全部成分的總含量之比例(亦即,保護膜形成膜之中,無機填充材(d)的含量相對於保護膜形成膜的總質量之比例)較佳為35質量%至75質量%,例如亦可為45質量%至70質量%、及50質量%至65質量%之中任一種。藉由前述比例在這樣的範圍,不會損及保護膜形成膜的特性,且使用無機填充材(d)所帶來的功效變得更高。In the composition (IV), the ratio of the content of the inorganic filler (d) to the total content of all components except the solvent (that is, in the protective film-forming film, the content of the inorganic filler (d) to the protective film The proportion of the total mass of the film formed) is preferably 35 mass% to 75 mass%, and may be any one of 45 mass% to 70 mass%, and 50 mass% to 65 mass%. By keeping the aforementioned ratio in such a range, the film-forming properties of the protective film are not impaired, and the efficiency of using the inorganic filler (d) becomes higher.

(偶合劑(e)) 組成物(IV)及保護膜形成膜含有偶合劑(e)(具有能與無機化合物或有機化合物反應的官能基)的情況,保護膜形成膜對被附著體的接著性及密合性會提升。再者,保護膜形成膜的硬化物(例如保護膜)不會損及耐熱性且耐水性會提升。 (Coupling agent (e)) When the composition (IV) and the protective film-forming film contain the coupling agent (e) (having a functional group capable of reacting with an inorganic compound or an organic compound), the adhesiveness and adhesion of the protective film-forming film to the adherend will be improved. . Furthermore, the cured product of the protective film-forming film (such as a protective film) does not impair the heat resistance and improves the water resistance.

偶合劑(e)較佳為具有能與丙烯酸樹脂(b)、能量線硬化性成分(a)等所具有之官能基反應的官能基之化合物,更佳為矽烷偶合劑。 作為較佳的前述矽烷偶合劑,例如可舉出:3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-(2-胺基乙基胺基)丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-(2-胺基乙基胺基)丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-(苯基胺基)丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-苯胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-脲基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、雙(3-三乙氧基矽基丙基)四硫化物、甲基三甲氧基矽烷、甲基三乙氧基矽烷、乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基三乙醯氧基矽烷、咪唑矽烷等。 The coupling agent (e) is preferably a compound having a functional group capable of reacting with the functional group possessed by the acrylic resin (b), the energy ray curable component (a), etc., and is more preferably a silane coupling agent. Preferable examples of the silane coupling agent include 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, and 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane. Triethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxymethyldiethoxysilane, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyl Trimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-(2-aminoethylamino)propyltrimethoxysilane, 3-(2-aminoethylamino)propylmethyl Diethoxysilane, 3-(phenylamino)propyltrimethoxysilane, 3-anilinopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-ureidopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropyl Trimethoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, bis(3-triethoxysilylpropyl)tetrasulfide, methyltrimethoxysilane, methyltriethoxysilane, Vinyltrimethoxysilane, vinyltriacetyloxysilane, imidazolesilane, etc.

組成物(IV)及保護膜形成膜所含有之偶合劑(e)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些偶合劑(e)的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。The coupling agent (e) contained in the composition (IV) and the protective film-forming film may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more kinds, the combination and ratio of the coupling agents (e) can be arbitrarily selected.

使用偶合劑(e)的情況,組成物(IV)及保護膜形成膜中,相對於能量線硬化性成分(a)及丙烯酸樹脂(b)的合計含量100質量份,偶合劑(e)的含量較佳為0.03質量份至20質量份。藉由偶合劑(e)的前述含量在前述下限值以上,可更加顯著地獲得提升無機填充材(d)於樹脂的分散性、或提升保護膜形成膜與被附著體的接著性等使用了偶合劑(e)所帶來的功效。藉由偶合劑(e)的前述含量在前述上限值以下,可更加抑制釋氣(outgas)的發生。When a coupling agent (e) is used, the content of the coupling agent (e) in the composition (IV) and the protective film-forming film is preferably 0.03 to 20 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the total content of the energy ray-curable component (a) and the acrylic resin (b). When the content of the coupling agent (e) is above the lower limit, the effects of the coupling agent (e), such as improving the dispersibility of the inorganic filler (d) in the resin or improving the adhesion between the protective film-forming film and the adherend, can be more significantly obtained. When the content of the coupling agent (e) is below the upper limit, the occurrence of outgassing can be further suppressed.

(交聯劑(f)) 當使用具有能夠與其他化合物鍵結的乙烯基、(甲基)丙烯醯基、胺基、羥基、羧基、異氰酸酯基等之官能基的化合物作為丙烯酸樹脂(b)的情況,組成物(IV)及保護膜形成膜亦可含有交聯劑(f)。交聯劑(f)係用以使丙烯酸樹脂(b)中的前述官能基與其他化合物鍵結而進行交聯之成分,藉由像這樣進行交聯,能夠調節保護膜形成膜的初始接著力及凝聚力。 (Crosslinking agent (f)) When a compound having a functional group such as a vinyl group, (meth)acryl group, amine group, hydroxyl group, carboxyl group, isocyanate group, etc. that can be bonded to other compounds is used as the acrylic resin (b), the composition (IV) The protective film-forming film may also contain a cross-linking agent (f). The cross-linking agent (f) is a component for cross-linking the aforementioned functional group in the acrylic resin (b) by bonding it to other compounds. By cross-linking in this way, the initial adhesive force of the protective film-forming film can be adjusted. and cohesion.

作為交聯劑(f)例如可舉出:有機多元異氰酸酯化合物、有機多元亞胺化合物、金屬螯合物系交聯劑(具有金屬螯合物結構之交聯劑)、氮丙啶系交聯劑(具有氮丙啶基之交聯劑)等。Examples of the crosslinking agent (f) include organic polyisocyanate compounds, organic polyimide compounds, metal chelate crosslinking agents (crosslinking agents having a metal chelate structure), aziridine crosslinking agents (crosslinking agents having an aziridine group), and the like.

作為前述有機多元異氰酸酯化合物,例如可列舉:芳香族多元異氰酸酯化合物、脂肪族多元異氰酸酯化合物及脂環族多元異氰酸酯化合物(以下,有時將這些化合物統一簡稱為「芳香族多元異氰酸酯化合物等」);前述芳香族多元異氰酸酯化合物等之三聚物、異氰脲酸酯物及加合物;使前述芳香族多元異氰酸酯化合物等與多元醇化合物反應而獲得之末端異氰酸酯胺基甲酸酯預聚物等。前述「加合物」意指前述芳香族多元異氰酸酯化合物、脂肪族多元異氰酸酯化合物或脂環族多元異氰酸酯化合物與乙二醇、丙二醇、新戊二醇、三羥甲基丙烷或蓖麻油等含低分子活性氫之化合物而成之反應物。作為前述加合物之例,可舉出如後述之三羥甲基丙烷之苯二甲基二異氰酸酯加成物等。另外,所謂「末端異氰酸酯胺基甲酸酯預聚物」,意指具有胺基甲酸酯鍵,並且於分子的末端部具有異氰酸酯基之預聚物。Examples of the aforementioned organic polyisocyanate compounds include aromatic polyisocyanate compounds, aliphatic polyisocyanate compounds, and alicyclic polyisocyanate compounds (hereinafter, these compounds are sometimes collectively referred to as "aromatic polyisocyanate compounds, etc."); trimers, isocyanurates, and adducts of the aforementioned aromatic polyisocyanate compounds, etc.; terminal isocyanate urethane prepolymers obtained by reacting the aforementioned aromatic polyisocyanate compounds, etc. with polyol compounds, etc. The aforementioned "adduct" refers to the reaction product of the aforementioned aromatic polyisocyanate compounds, aliphatic polyisocyanate compounds, or alicyclic polyisocyanate compounds with a compound containing low molecular weight active hydrogen, such as ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, neopentyl glycol, trihydroxymethylpropane, or castor oil. Examples of the adduct include the trihydroxymethylpropane xylylene diisocyanate adduct described below. In addition, the term "terminal isocyanate urethane prepolymer" means a prepolymer having a urethane bond and an isocyanate group at the terminal of the molecule.

作為前述有機多元異氰酸酯化合物,更具體而言,例如可舉出:2,4-甲苯二異氰酸酯;2,6-甲苯二異氰酸酯;1,3-苯二甲基二異氰酸酯;1,4-苯二甲基二異氰酸酯;二苯基甲烷-4,4’-二異氰酸酯;二苯基甲烷-2,4’-二異氰酸酯;3-甲基二苯基甲烷二異氰酸酯;六亞甲基二異氰酸酯;異佛爾酮二異氰酸酯;二環己基甲烷-4,4’-二異氰酸酯;二環己基甲烷-2,4’-二異氰酸酯;於三羥甲基丙烷等多元醇的全部或一部分羥基加成有甲苯二異氰酸酯、六亞甲基二異氰酸酯及苯二甲基二異氰酸酯中的任1種或2種以上而成之化合物;離胺酸二異氰酸酯等。More specifically, the organic polyisocyanate compound includes: 2,4-toluene diisocyanate; 2,6-toluene diisocyanate; 1,3-phenylenedimethyl diisocyanate; 1,4-phenylenedimethyl diisocyanate; diphenylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate; diphenylmethane-2,4'-diisocyanate; 3-methyldiphenylmethane diisocyanate; hexamethoxybenzene; Methyl diisocyanate; isophorone diisocyanate; dicyclohexylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate; dicyclohexylmethane-2,4'-diisocyanate; a compound obtained by adding any one or two or more of toluene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate and xylylene diisocyanate to all or part of the hydroxyl groups of a polyol such as trihydroxymethylpropane; lysine diisocyanate, etc.

作為前述有機多元亞胺化合物,例如可舉出:N,N’-二苯基甲烷-4,4’-雙(1-氮丙啶甲醯胺)、三羥甲基丙烷-三-β-氮丙啶基丙酸酯、四羥甲基甲烷-三-β-氮丙啶基丙酸酯、N,N’-甲苯-2,4-雙(1-氮丙啶甲醯胺)三伸乙基三聚氰胺等。Examples of the organic polyimine compound include N,N'-diphenylmethane-4,4'-bis(1-aziridinemethane), trimethylolpropane-tri-β- Aziriridinyl propionate, tetramethylolmethane-tris-β-aziridinylpropionate, N,N'-toluene-2,4-bis(1-aziridinylmethamide)trisexanide Ethylmelamine, etc.

當使用有機多元異氰酸酯化合物作為交聯劑(f)的情況,較佳為使用含羥基之聚合物作為丙烯酸樹脂(b)。當交聯劑(f)具有異氰酸酯基,且丙烯酸樹脂(b)具有羥基的情況,藉由交聯劑(f)與丙烯酸樹脂(b)的反應,能夠簡便地將交聯結構導入至保護膜形成膜。When an organic polyisocyanate compound is used as the cross-linking agent (f), it is preferable to use a hydroxyl-containing polymer as the acrylic resin (b). When the cross-linking agent (f) has an isocyanate group and the acrylic resin (b) has a hydroxyl group, the cross-linked structure can be easily introduced into the protective film through the reaction between the cross-linking agent (f) and the acrylic resin (b). Form a film.

組成物(IV)及保護膜形成膜所含有之交聯劑(f)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些交聯劑(f)的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。The composition (IV) and the protective film-forming film may contain only one crosslinking agent (f) or two or more crosslinking agents. When there are two or more crosslinking agents (f), the combination and ratio of the crosslinking agents (f) can be arbitrarily selected.

當使用交聯劑(f)的情況,組成物(IV)中,相對於丙烯酸樹脂(b)的含量100質量份,交聯劑(f)的含量較佳為0.01質量份至20質量份。藉由交聯劑(f)的前述含量在前述下限值以上,可更顯著地獲得由使用交聯劑(f)所帶來之功效。藉由交聯劑(f)的前述含量在前述上限值以下,可抑制交聯劑(f)的過量使用。When the cross-linking agent (f) is used, the content of the cross-linking agent (f) in the composition (IV) is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the acrylic resin (b). By setting the aforementioned content of the cross-linking agent (f) above the aforementioned lower limit, the effects brought about by the use of the cross-linking agent (f) can be more significantly obtained. By setting the content of the cross-linking agent (f) below the upper limit, excessive use of the cross-linking agent (f) can be suppressed.

(著色劑(g)) 組成物(IV)及保護膜形成膜較佳為含有無機系顏料來作為著色劑(g)。藉由調節無機系顏料的含量,能夠調節保護膜形成膜的近紅外線、尤其是波長1300nm的近紅外線之穿透率。 (Color(g)) The composition (IV) and the protective film-forming film preferably contain an inorganic pigment as the colorant (g). By adjusting the content of the inorganic pigment, the transmittance of the near-infrared rays of the protective film-forming film, especially the near-infrared rays with a wavelength of 1300 nm, can be adjusted.

作為前述無機系顏料,例如可舉出:碳黑、鈦黑、氮化鋯、鈷系色素、鐵系色素、鉻系色素、鈦系色素、釩系色素、鋯系色素、鉬系色素、釕系色素、鉑系色素,ITO(Indium Tin Oxide;氧化銦錫)系色素、ATO(Antimony Tin Oxide;氧化銻錫)系色素等。在這些無機系顏料之中,較佳為碳黑、鈦黑、氮化鋯,特佳為併用碳黑與鈦黑。碳黑為價廉,鈦黑為不易使保護膜形成膜的能量線硬化性降低。再者,氮化鋯與碳黑相比,保護膜形成用膜及保護膜形成層的蓄熱性不易上升,因此能夠防止在能量線硬化時因熱所導致之收縮。Examples of the inorganic pigments include carbon black, titanium black, zirconium nitride, cobalt pigments, iron pigments, chromium pigments, titanium pigments, vanadium pigments, zirconium pigments, molybdenum pigments, ruthenium pigments, platinum pigments, ITO (Indium Tin Oxide; indium tin oxide) pigments, ATO (Antimony Tin Oxide; antimony tin oxide) pigments, etc. Among these inorganic pigments, carbon black, titanium black, and zirconium nitride are preferred, and a combination of carbon black and titanium black is particularly preferred. Carbon black is inexpensive, and titanium black is less likely to reduce the energy ray hardening property of the protective film formation film. Furthermore, zirconium nitride is less likely to increase the heat storage property of the protective film forming film and the protective film forming layer than carbon black, and thus can prevent shrinkage due to heat during energy ray curing.

組成物(IV)及保護膜形成膜之無機系顏料的含量,以波長1300nm的近紅外線之穿透率變得合適的方式適當調節即可。例如,在組成物(IV)中,著色劑(g)的含量相對於溶媒以外之全部成分的總含量之比例(亦即,保護膜形成膜之中,著色劑(g)的含量相對於保護膜形成膜的總質量之比例)較佳為0.05質量%以上至未達5質量%,更佳為0.05質量%至4質量%,特佳為0.1質量%至3質量%。藉由前述比例在前述下限值以上,可更顯著地獲得由使用著色劑(g)所帶來之功效。藉由前述比例在前述上限值以下,可抑制著色劑(g)的過量使用。再者,藉由併用複數的著色劑,變得易於調整每個波長的穿透率,能使成本平衡變得更好。The content of the composition (IV) and the inorganic pigment forming the protective film may be appropriately adjusted so that the transmittance of near-infrared rays with a wavelength of 1300 nm becomes appropriate. For example, in the composition (IV), the content of the colorant (g) is in proportion to the total content of all components except the solvent (that is, in the protective film-forming film, the content of the colorant (g) is The proportion of the total mass of the film forming film) is preferably 0.05 mass% or more and less than 5 mass%, more preferably 0.05 mass% to 4 mass%, and particularly preferably 0.1 mass% to 3 mass%. When the aforementioned ratio is equal to or higher than the aforementioned lower limit, the effects brought about by the use of the coloring agent (g) can be more significantly obtained. When the ratio is equal to or less than the upper limit, excessive use of the colorant (g) can be suppressed. Furthermore, by using a plurality of colorants together, it becomes easy to adjust the transmittance of each wavelength, and the cost balance can be improved.

作為著色劑(g),除了無機系顏料以外,例如亦可含有有機系顏料、有機系染料等公知的著色劑。 作為前述有機系顏料及有機系染料,例如可舉出:胺鎓系色素、花青系色素、部花青素系色素、克酮鎓系色素、方酸鎓系色素、薁鎓系色素、多次甲基系色素、萘醌系色素、吡喃鎓系色素、酞菁系色素、萘酞菁系色素、萘內醯胺系色素、偶氮系色素、縮合偶氮系色素、靛藍系色素、紫環酮系色素、苝系色素、雙噁嗪系色素、喹吖啶酮系色素、異吲哚啉酮系色素、喹啉酞酮系色素、吡咯系色素、硫靛藍系色素、金屬錯合物系色素(金屬錯鹽染料)、二硫醇金屬錯合物系色素、吲哚酚系色素、三芳基甲烷系色素、蒽醌系色素、萘酚系色素、甲亞胺系色素、苯并咪唑酮系色素、皮蒽酮系色素及士林系色素等。 As the colorant (g), in addition to inorganic pigments, known colorants such as organic pigments and organic dyes may also be included. Examples of the organic pigments and organic dyes include amine-based pigments, cyanine-based pigments, merocyanin-based pigments, ketonium-based pigments, squarylium-based pigments, azulium-based pigments, and polyanium-based pigments. Methine pigments, naphthoquinone pigments, pyranium pigments, phthalocyanine pigments, naphthalocyanine pigments, naphtholactam pigments, azo pigments, condensed azo pigments, indigo pigments, Iconone pigments, perylene pigments, dioxazine pigments, quinacridone pigments, isoindolinone pigments, quinolinphthalone pigments, pyrrole pigments, thioindigo pigments, metal complexes Physical pigments (metal complex dyes), dithiol metal complex pigments, indophenol pigments, triarylmethane pigments, anthraquinone pigments, naphthol pigments, methimine pigments, benzo Imidazolone pigments, picanthrone pigments and Shilin pigments, etc.

再者,藉由調節著色劑(g)的含量,例如能夠調節在針對保護膜形成膜或保護膜進行了雷射標記的情況之雷射標記辨視性。又,使保護膜的設計性提升,或亦能夠使晶圓之內面的磨削痕不易被看見。Furthermore, by adjusting the content of the colorant (g), it is possible to adjust the visibility of the laser mark when laser marking is performed on the protective film forming film or the protective film, for example. In addition, the design of the protective film can be improved, or the grinding marks on the inner surface of the wafer can be made less visible.

組成物(IV)及保護膜形成膜所含有的著色劑(g)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些著色劑(g)的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。The colorant (g) contained in the composition (IV) and the protective film-forming film may be only one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of the coloring agents (g) can be Choose arbitrarily.

(熱硬化性成分(h)) 當組成物(IV)及保護膜形成膜含有能量線硬化性成分(a)及熱硬化性成分(h)的情況,保護膜形成膜藉由加熱而提升對被附著體之接著力,而此保護膜形成膜的硬化物(例如保護膜)的強度亦會提升。 (Thermosetting component (h)) When the composition (IV) and the protective film forming film contain the energy ray-curing component (a) and the thermosetting component (h), the protective film forming film improves the adhesion to the adherend by heating, and the strength of the cured product of the protective film forming film (such as the protective film) is also improved.

作為熱硬化性成分(h),例如可舉出:環氧系熱硬化性樹脂、聚醯亞胺樹脂、不飽和聚酯樹脂等,較佳為環氧系熱硬化性樹脂。Examples of the thermosetting component (h) include epoxy thermosetting resins, polyimide resins, unsaturated polyester resins, and the like, and epoxy thermosetting resins are preferred.

前述環氧系熱硬化性樹脂係由環氧樹脂(h1)及熱硬化劑(h2)所構成。 組成物(IV)及保護膜形成膜所含有之環氧系熱硬化性樹脂可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些環氧系熱硬化性樹脂的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。 The aforementioned epoxy-based thermosetting resin is composed of an epoxy resin (h1) and a thermosetting agent (h2). The epoxy-based thermosetting resin contained in the composition (IV) and the protective film-forming film may be only one type or two or more types. When there are two or more types, the combination and ratio of those epoxy-based thermosetting resins can be arbitrarily selected.

・環氧樹脂(h1) 作為環氧樹脂(h1)可舉出公知的環氧樹脂,例如可舉出:多官能系環氧樹脂、聯苯化合物、雙酚A二縮水甘油醚及其氫化物、鄰甲酚酚醛清漆環氧樹脂、二環戊二烯型環氧樹脂、聯苯型環氧樹脂、雙酚A型環氧樹脂、雙酚F型環氧樹脂、伸苯基骨架型環氧樹脂等2官能以上之環氧化合物。 ・Epoxy resin (h1) Examples of the epoxy resin (h1) include known epoxy resins, and examples thereof include polyfunctional epoxy resins, biphenyl compounds, bisphenol A diglycidyl ether and hydrogenated products thereof, and o-cresol novolak rings. Oxygen resin, dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin, biphenyl type epoxy resin, bisphenol A type epoxy resin, bisphenol F type epoxy resin, phenylene skeleton type epoxy resin, etc. Two or more functional rings oxygen compounds.

作為環氧樹脂(h1),亦可使用具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂。具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂與丙烯酸樹脂的互溶性高於不具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂。因此,藉由使用具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂,使用保護膜形成用複合片而獲得之附保護膜之晶片的可靠性會提升。As the epoxy resin (h1), an epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group can also be used. The mutual solubility of epoxy resins with unsaturated hydrocarbon groups and acrylic resins is higher than that of epoxy resins without unsaturated hydrocarbon groups. Therefore, by using an epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, the reliability of a wafer with a protective film obtained using a composite sheet for forming a protective film is improved.

作為具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂,例如可舉出:多官能系環氧樹脂的一部分環氧基變換為具有不飽和烴基之基而成之化合物。這種化合物例如可藉由使(甲基)丙烯酸或(甲基)丙烯酸的衍生物對環氧基進行加成反應而獲得。 又,作為具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂例如可舉出:在構成環氧樹脂之芳香環等直接鍵結有具有不飽和烴基之基而成的化合物等。 不飽和烴基為具有聚合性之不飽和基,作為該不飽和烴基的具體例可舉出:次乙基(乙烯基)、2-丙烯基(烯丙基)、(甲基)丙烯醯基、(甲基)丙烯醯胺基等,較佳為丙烯醯基。 Examples of epoxy resins having unsaturated hydrocarbon groups include compounds in which a part of epoxy groups in a multifunctional epoxy resin is converted into groups having unsaturated hydrocarbon groups. Such compounds can be obtained, for example, by subjecting (meth)acrylic acid or a derivative of (meth)acrylic acid to an addition reaction of epoxy groups. In addition, examples of epoxy resins having unsaturated hydrocarbon groups include compounds in which a group having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group is directly bonded to an aromatic ring constituting the epoxy resin. The unsaturated hydrocarbon group is a polymerizable unsaturated group. Specific examples of the unsaturated hydrocarbon group include: ethylene (vinyl), 2-propenyl (allyl), (meth)acryl, (meth)acrylamide, etc., preferably acryl.

環氧樹脂(h1)的數量平均分子量並沒有特別限定,但就保護膜形成膜的硬化性、以及保護膜的強度及耐熱性這一點而言,較佳為300至30000,更佳為300至10000,特佳為300至3000。 環氧樹脂(h1)的環氧當量較佳為100g/eq至1000g/eq,更佳為150g/eq至950g/eq。 The number average molecular weight of the epoxy resin (h1) is not particularly limited, but in terms of the curability of the protective film-forming film, and the strength and heat resistance of the protective film, it is preferably 300 to 30,000, more preferably 300 to 10,000, and particularly preferably 300 to 3,000. The epoxy equivalent of the epoxy resin (h1) is preferably 100 g/eq to 1,000 g/eq, and more preferably 150 g/eq to 950 g/eq.

組成物(IV)及保護膜形成膜所含有之環氧樹脂(h1)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些環氧樹脂(h1)的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。The epoxy resin (h1) contained in the composition (IV) and the protective film-forming film may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more kinds, the combination and ratio of those epoxy resins (h1) can be arbitrarily selected.

・熱硬化劑(h2) 熱硬化劑(h2)發揮作為針對環氧樹脂(h1)之硬化劑的機能。 作為熱硬化劑(h2),例如可舉出:1分子中具有2個以上之可與環氧基反應的官能基之化合物。作為前述官能基,例如可舉出:酚性羥基、醇性羥基、胺基、羧基、酸基經酐化而成之基等,較佳為酚性羥基、胺基、或酸基經酐化而成之基,更佳為酚性羥基或胺基。 ・Thermosetting agent (h2) Thermosetting agent (h2) functions as a hardener for epoxy resin (h1). As the thermosetting agent (h2), for example, there can be cited: a compound having two or more functional groups that can react with an epoxy group in one molecule. As the functional group, for example, there can be cited: a phenolic hydroxyl group, an alcoholic hydroxyl group, an amino group, a carboxyl group, a group formed by anhydriding an acid group, etc., preferably a phenolic hydroxyl group, an amino group, or a group formed by anhydriding an acid group, and more preferably a phenolic hydroxyl group or an amino group.

熱硬化劑(h2)之中,作為具有酚性羥基之苯酚系硬化劑,例如可舉出:多官能苯酚樹脂、聯苯酚、酚醛清漆型苯酚樹脂、二環戊二烯型苯酚樹脂、芳烷基型苯酚樹脂等。 熱硬化劑(h2)之中,作為具有胺基之胺系硬化劑,例如可舉出雙氰胺等。 Among the thermosetting agents (h2), examples of phenolic curing agents having a phenolic hydroxyl group include: multifunctional phenol resins, biphenol, novolac-type phenol resins, dicyclopentadiene-type phenol resins, aralkyl-type phenol resins, etc. Among the thermosetting agents (h2), examples of amine-based curing agents having an amine group include dicyandiamide, etc.

熱硬化劑(h2)亦可具有不飽和烴基。 作為具有不飽和烴基之熱硬化劑(h2),例如可舉出:具有苯酚樹脂的一部分羥基被具有不飽和烴基之基所取代而成的結構之化合物、具有在苯酚樹脂的芳香環直接鍵結有具有不飽和烴基之基而成的結構之化合物等。 作為熱硬化劑(h2)中的前述不飽和烴基,可舉出與上述之具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂中的不飽和烴基相同的不飽和烴基。 Thermosetting agent (h2) may also have an unsaturated hydrocarbon group. Examples of thermosetting agent (h2) having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group include a compound having a structure in which a part of the hydroxyl groups of a phenol resin is replaced by a group having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, and a compound having a structure in which a group having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group is directly bonded to the aromatic ring of a phenol resin. Examples of the unsaturated hydrocarbon group in thermosetting agent (h2) include the same unsaturated hydrocarbon group as the unsaturated hydrocarbon group in the above-mentioned epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group.

當使用苯酚系硬化劑作為熱硬化劑(h2)的情況,就保護膜之自支撐片的剝離性會提升這點而言,熱硬化劑(h2)較佳為軟化點或玻璃轉移溫度高。When a phenol-based hardener is used as the thermosetting agent (h2), the thermosetting agent (h2) preferably has a high softening point or glass transition temperature in terms of improving the peelability of the self-supporting sheet of the protective film.

熱硬化劑(h2)之中,例如多官能苯酚樹脂、酚醛清漆型苯酚樹脂、二環戊二烯型苯酚樹脂、芳烷基型苯酚樹脂等之樹脂成分的數量平均分子量較佳為300至30000,更佳為400至10000,特佳為500至3000。 熱硬化劑(h2)之中,例如聯苯酚、雙氰胺等之非樹脂成分的分子量並沒有特別限定,例如較佳為60至500。 The number average molecular weight of the resin components in the thermosetting agent (h2), such as multifunctional phenol resin, novolac phenol resin, dicyclopentadiene phenol resin, aralkyl phenol resin, etc., is preferably 300 to 30,000, more preferably 400 to 10,000, and particularly preferably 500 to 3,000. The molecular weight of the non-resin components in the thermosetting agent (h2), such as diphenol, dicyandiamide, etc., is not particularly limited, and is preferably 60 to 500, for example.

組成物(IV)及保護膜形成膜所含有之熱硬化劑(h2)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些熱硬化劑(h2)的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。The thermosetting agent (h2) contained in the composition (IV) and the protective film-forming film may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more kinds, the combination and ratio of those thermosetting agents (h2) can be selected arbitrarily.

當使用熱硬化性成分(h)的情況,組成物(IV)及保護膜形成膜中,相對於環氧樹脂(h1)的含量100質量份,熱硬化劑(h2)的含量較佳為0.1質量份至100質量份。藉由熱硬化劑(h2)的前述含量在前述下限值以上,保護膜形成膜的硬化會變得更易於進行。藉由熱硬化劑(h2)的前述含量在前述上限值以下,保護膜形成膜的吸濕率降低,使用附保護膜之晶片而獲得之封裝體的可靠性會更加提高。When a thermosetting component (h) is used, the content of the thermosetting agent (h2) in the composition (IV) and the protective film-forming film is preferably 0.1 with respect to 100 parts by mass of the epoxy resin (h1). parts by mass to 100 parts by mass. When the content of the thermosetting agent (h2) is equal to or higher than the lower limit, the protective film-forming film can be cured more easily. When the content of the thermosetting agent (h2) is below the upper limit, the moisture absorption rate of the protective film-forming film is reduced, and the reliability of the package obtained using the wafer with a protective film is further improved.

當使用熱硬化性成分(h)的情況,組成物(IV)及保護膜形成膜中,相對於丙烯酸樹脂(b)的含量100質量份,熱硬化性成分(h)的含量(例如,環氧樹脂(h1)及熱硬化劑(h2)的合計含量)較佳為5質量份至120質量份。藉由熱硬化性成分(h)的前述含量在這樣的範圍,例如保護膜形成膜之硬化物與支撐片的接著力會受到抑制,支撐片的剝離性會提高。When a thermosetting component (h) is used, the content of the thermosetting component (h) (for example, ring The total content of the oxygen resin (h1) and the thermosetting agent (h2) is preferably 5 to 120 parts by mass. When the aforementioned content of the thermosetting component (h) is within such a range, for example, the adhesive force between the cured product of the protective film-forming film and the support sheet is suppressed, and the peelability of the support sheet is improved.

(通用添加劑(z)) 通用添加劑(z)可為公知的添加劑,能夠依目的任意選擇,並無特別限定。作為較佳的通用添加劑(z),例如可舉出:塑化劑、抗靜電劑、抗氧化劑、吸氣劑(gettering agent)、紫外線吸收劑等。 (General Additive(z)) The general-purpose additive (z) can be a publicly known additive and can be selected arbitrarily according to the purpose, and is not particularly limited. Examples of preferred general-purpose additives (z) include plasticizers, antistatic agents, antioxidants, gettering agents, and ultraviolet absorbers.

組成物(IV)及保護膜形成膜所含有之通用添加劑(z)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些通用添加劑(z)的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。The general additive (z) contained in the composition (IV) and the protective film-forming film may be only one type, or may be two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of those general additives (z) can Choose arbitrarily.

當使用通用添加劑(z)的情況,組成物(IV)及保護膜形成膜的通用添加劑(z)的含量並無特別限定,依目的適當選擇即可。 例如,當通用添加劑(z)為紫外線吸收劑的情況,組成物(IV)中,通用添加劑(z)(紫外線吸收劑)的含量相對於溶媒以外之全部成分的總含量之比例(亦即,保護膜形成膜之中,通用添加劑(z)(紫外線吸收劑)的含量相對於保護膜形成膜的總質量之比例)較佳為0.1質量%至5質量%。藉由前述比例在前述下限值以上,可更顯著地獲得由使用通用添加劑(z)所帶來之功效。藉由前述比例在前述上限值以下,可抑制通用添加劑(z)的過量使用。 When a general additive (z) is used, the content of the general additive (z) in the composition (IV) and the protective film-forming film is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose. For example, when the general additive (z) is a UV absorber, the content of the general additive (z) (UV absorber) in the composition (IV) is preferably 0.1 mass % to 5 mass % relative to the total content of all components other than the solvent (that is, in the protective film-forming film, the content of the general additive (z) (UV absorber) relative to the total mass of the protective film-forming film). By making the above ratio above the above lower limit, the effect brought about by the use of the general additive (z) can be more significantly obtained. By making the above ratio below the above upper limit, excessive use of the general additive (z) can be suppressed.

(不具有能量線硬化性基之其他聚合物(b0)) 不具有能量線硬化性基之其他聚合物(b0)係對保護膜形成膜賦予造膜性。 前述聚合物(b0)只要不相當於丙烯酸樹脂(b)則沒有特別限定。 前述聚合物(b0)可至少一部分藉由交聯劑進行交聯,亦可不進行交聯。 (Other polymers (b0) without energy ray hardening groups) The other polymer (b0) which does not have an energy ray curable group imparts film-forming properties to the protective film-forming film. The polymer (b0) is not particularly limited as long as it does not correspond to the acrylic resin (b). The polymer (b0) may be at least partially cross-linked by a cross-linking agent, or may not be cross-linked.

作為前述聚合物(b0),例如可舉出:重量平均分子量超過1100000之丙烯酸樹脂、分散度為3.0以下之丙烯酸樹脂(本說明書中,有時將這些丙烯酸樹脂稱為「其他丙烯酸樹脂」);不具有能量線硬化性基之丙烯酸樹脂以外的聚合物等。Examples of the polymer (b0) include acrylic resins having a weight average molecular weight exceeding 1,100,000, acrylic resins having a dispersity of 3.0 or less (these acrylic resins are sometimes referred to as "other acrylic resins" in this specification); polymers other than acrylic resins having no energy ray-curable groups, and the like.

作為前述其他丙烯酸樹脂,除了重量平均分子量超過1100000、或是分散度為3.0以下這點外,可舉出與丙烯酸樹脂(b)相同的丙烯酸樹脂。Examples of the other acrylic resin include the same acrylic resin as the acrylic resin (b) except that the weight average molecular weight exceeds 1,100,000 or the dispersion degree is 3.0 or less.

作為不具有能量線硬化性基之丙烯酸樹脂以外的聚合物,例如可舉出:胺基甲酸酯樹脂、苯氧基樹脂、聚矽氧樹脂、飽和聚酯樹脂等。Examples of polymers other than acrylic resins that do not have an energy ray-curable group include urethane resins, phenoxy resins, silicone resins, and saturated polyester resins.

不具有能量線硬化性基之丙烯酸樹脂以外的聚合物的重量平均分子量(Mw)就組成物(IV)的造膜性變得更良好這點而言,較佳為10000至2000000,更佳為100000至1500000。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer other than the acrylic resin having no energy ray-curable group is preferably 10,000 to 2,000,000, more preferably 100,000 to 1,500,000, from the viewpoint of improving the film-forming property of the composition (IV).

組成物(IV)及保護膜形成膜所含有之前述聚合物(b0)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些聚合物(b0)的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。The aforementioned polymer (b0) contained in the composition (IV) and the protective film-forming film may be only one type, or may be two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of those polymers (b0) Can choose arbitrarily.

組成物(IV)及保護膜形成膜中,相對於丙烯酸樹脂(b)的含量100質量份,聚合物(b0)的含量較佳為5質量份以下,更佳為3質量份以下,進而較佳為1質量份以下,特佳為0質量份(亦即組成物(IV)及保護膜形成膜不含有聚合物(b0))。藉由聚合物(b0)的前述含量在前述上限值以下,保護膜自上述的晶圓或晶片的剝離之抑制功效變得更高。In the composition (IV) and the protective film-forming film, the content of the polymer (b0) is preferably 5 parts by mass or less, more preferably 3 parts by mass or less, further preferably 1 part by mass or less, and particularly preferably 0 parts by mass (i.e., the composition (IV) and the protective film-forming film do not contain the polymer (b0)). When the content of the polymer (b0) is below the upper limit, the protective film has a higher effect of suppressing the peeling of the wafer or chip.

[溶媒] 組成物(IV)較佳為進而含有溶媒。含有溶媒之組成物(IV)的操作性會變得良好。 前述溶媒並無特別限定,作為較佳的溶媒例如可舉出:甲苯、二甲苯等之烴;甲醇、乙醇、2-丙醇、異丁醇(2-甲基丙烷-1-醇)、1-丁醇等之醇;乙酸乙酯等之酯;丙酮、甲基乙基酮等之酮;四氫呋喃等之醚;二甲基甲醯胺、N-甲基吡咯啶酮等之醯胺(具有醯胺鍵之化合物)等。 組成物(IV)所含有之溶媒可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些溶媒的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。 [solvent] It is preferable that the composition (IV) further contains a solvent. The composition (IV) containing a solvent has good operability. The aforementioned solvent is not particularly limited. Examples of preferred solvents include: hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, isobutanol (2-methylpropan-1-ol), 1 - Alcohols such as butanol; esters such as ethyl acetate; ketones such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, etc.; ethers such as tetrahydrofuran; amide such as dimethylformamide, N-methylpyrrolidone (with Compounds with amide bonds), etc. The solvent contained in the composition (IV) may be only one type, or may be two or more types. When there are two or more types, the combination and ratio of the solvents can be selected arbitrarily.

針對組成物(IV)所含有之溶媒,作為更佳的溶媒例如就能夠將組成物(IV)中的含有成分更加均勻地混合這點而言,可舉出甲基乙基酮等。Regarding the solvent contained in the composition (IV), as a more preferable solvent in that the components contained in the composition (IV) can be mixed more uniformly, methyl ethyl ketone and the like can be cited.

組成物(IV)的溶媒的含量並無特別限定,例如依照溶媒以外的成分的種類適當選擇即可。The content of the solvent in composition (IV) is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected according to the types of components other than the solvent, for example.

<<保護膜形成用組成物的製造方法>> 組成物(IV)等之能量線硬化性保護膜形成用組成物可藉由調配用以構成該組成物之各成分而獲得。 調配各成分時的添加順序並無特別限定,亦可同時添加2種以上之成分。 調配時混合各成分之方法並無特別限定,從以下公知的方法中適當選擇即可:使攪拌子或攪拌翼等旋轉而進行混合之方法;使用混合機進行混合之方法;施加超音波進行混合之方法等。 添加及混合各成分時的溫度以及時間只要不會使各調配成分劣化,則並無特別限定,適當調節即可,溫度較佳為15℃至30℃。 <<Method for producing a composition for forming a protective film>> The composition for forming an energy-ray-curable protective film such as composition (IV) can be obtained by mixing the components constituting the composition. The order of addition when mixing the components is not particularly limited, and two or more components may be added simultaneously. The method for mixing the components when mixing is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected from the following known methods: a method of mixing by rotating a stirrer or a stirring blade, a method of mixing by using a mixer, a method of mixing by applying ultrasonic waves, etc. The temperature and time when adding and mixing the components are not particularly limited, and may be appropriately adjusted as long as they do not deteriorate the components, and the temperature is preferably 15°C to 30°C.

圖1為示意地表示本實施形態之保護膜形成膜之一例的剖面圖。另外,以下之說明所使用之圖,為了易於理解本發明的特徵,方便起見,有將成為主要部分之部分放大來表示的情況,各構成要素的尺寸比率等未必與實際相同。Fig. 1 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing an example of a protective film forming film of the present embodiment. In addition, the following description uses a diagram, in order to facilitate understanding of the features of the present invention, for the sake of convenience, there are cases where the parts that become the main parts are enlarged to represent the situation, and the size ratios of the various constituent elements are not necessarily the same as the actual ones.

此處所示之保護膜形成膜13在其一側的面(本說明書中,有時稱為「第一面」)13a上具備有第一剝離膜151,並在與前述第一面13a為相反側的另一面(本說明書中,有時稱為「第二面」)13b上具備有第二剝離膜152。 這樣的保護膜形成膜13例如適於以輥狀來儲存。 The protective film forming film 13 shown here is provided with a first release film 151 on one side (sometimes referred to as the "first side" in this specification) 13a, and is in contact with the first side 13a. The second release film 152 is provided on the other surface 13b on the opposite side (sometimes referred to as the "second surface" in this specification). Such protective film-forming film 13 is suitable for storage in a roll shape, for example.

保護膜形成膜13係具有上述的特性。 保護膜形成膜13係能夠使用上述之保護膜形成用組成物來形成。 The protective film forming film 13 has the above-mentioned characteristics. The protective film forming film 13 can be formed using the above protective film forming composition.

第一剝離膜151及第二剝離膜152皆可以是公知的剝離膜。第一剝離膜151及第二剝離膜152可以互相相同亦可互相不同,前述互相不同例如自保護膜形成膜13剝離時所需要的剝離力互相不同等。Both the first release film 151 and the second release film 152 may be known release films. The first peeling film 151 and the second peeling film 152 may be the same as each other or may be different from each other. For example, the peeling force required for peeling off the protective film forming film 13 may be different from each other.

關於圖1所示之保護膜形成膜13,第一剝離膜151及第二剝離膜152中的任一者被移除所產生的露出面會成為朝向晶圓(省略圖示)之內面的貼附面。然後,第一剝離膜151及第二剝離膜152之剩下的另一者被移除所產生的露出面會成為後述之支撐片或切割片的貼附面。Regarding the protective film forming film 13 shown in FIG. 1 , when either the first release film 151 or the second release film 152 is removed, the exposed surface faces the inner surface of the wafer (not shown). Attach the surface. Then, the exposed surface produced by removing the remaining one of the first release film 151 and the second release film 152 becomes the attachment surface of the support sheet or the cutting sheet described later.

圖1中,雖然是顯示剝離膜被設置在保護膜形成膜13的兩面(第一面13a、第二面13b)之例,但剝離膜亦可僅設置在保護膜形成膜13中任一側的面(亦即僅設置在第一面13a或僅設置在第二面13b)。Although FIG. 1 shows an example in which the release film is provided on both sides (the first side 13a and the second side 13b) of the protective film forming film 13, the release film may be provided only on one side of the protective film forming film 13 (i.e., only on the first side 13a or only on the second side 13b).

本實施形態之保護膜形成膜能夠不與後述之支撐片併用而貼附到晶圓的內面。在那種情況,亦可在保護膜形成膜之與朝向晶圓的貼附面為相反側之面設置剝離膜,此剝離膜在適當的時機移除即可。The protective film-forming film of this embodiment can be attached to the inner surface of the wafer without using a supporting sheet described later. In that case, a release film may be provided on the side of the protective film forming film opposite to the attachment surface facing the wafer, and the release film may be removed at an appropriate time.

另一方面,本實施形態之保護膜形成膜藉由與後述之支撐片併用,可構成能夠一併進行保護膜的形成與切割之保護膜形成用複合片。以下,針對這樣的保護膜形成用複合片進行說明。On the other hand, by using the protective film-forming film of this embodiment together with a support sheet described later, a protective film-forming composite sheet capable of simultaneously forming and cutting the protective film can be constructed. Hereinafter, such a protective film forming composite sheet will be described.

◇保護膜形成用複合片 本發明的一實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片係具備:支撐片、以及設置於前述支撐片之一側的面上之保護膜形成膜;前述保護膜形成膜為上述之本發明的一實施形態之保護膜形成膜。 本實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片藉由具備前述保護膜形成膜,在前述保護膜形成膜的能量線硬化時,將保護膜形成膜的硬化之程度設為合適的範圍,藉此提升保護膜與矽晶圓的密合性,保護膜的剝落得到抑制。 ◇Composite sheet for forming protective film The composite sheet for forming protective film of one embodiment of the present invention comprises: a support sheet, and a protective film forming film disposed on a surface of one side of the support sheet; the protective film forming film is the protective film forming film of one embodiment of the present invention. The composite sheet for forming protective film of this embodiment comprises the protective film forming film, and when the protective film forming film is hardened by the energy line, the degree of hardening of the protective film forming film is set to an appropriate range, thereby improving the adhesion between the protective film and the silicon wafer, and preventing the protective film from peeling off.

本說明書中,即使在保護膜形成膜硬化之後,只要還維持著由支撐片與保護膜形成膜之硬化物而成的積層結構,則將此積層結構體稱為「保護膜形成用複合片」。In this specification, even after the protective film forming film is cured, as long as the laminated structure composed of the support sheet and the cured product of the protective film forming film is maintained, the laminated structure is referred to as a "protective film forming composite sheet".

以下,針對構成前述保護膜形成用複合片之各層詳細地進行說明。Hereinafter, each layer constituting the composite sheet for forming a protective film will be described in detail.

◎支撐片 前述支撐片可由1層(單層)所構成,亦可由2層以上之複數層所構成。當支撐片由複數層所構成的情況,這些複數層的構成材料及厚度可相互相同亦可不同,這些複數層的組合只要無損於本發明的功效則沒有特別限定。 ◎Support sheet The aforementioned support sheet may be composed of one layer (single layer) or multiple layers of two or more layers. When the support sheet is composed of multiple layers, the constituent materials and thicknesses of these multiple layers may be the same or different, and the combination of these multiple layers is not particularly limited as long as it does not impair the effect of the present invention.

支撐片較佳為透明,亦可依目的來著色。 在保護膜形成膜具有能量線硬化性之本實施形態中,支撐片較佳為使能量線穿透。 The supporting sheet is preferably transparent, and can also be colored according to purpose. In this embodiment in which the protective film-forming film has energy ray curability, it is preferable that the support sheet allows energy rays to penetrate.

作為支撐片例如可舉出:具備有基材、及設置於前述基材之一側的面上的黏著劑層而成的支撐片;僅由基材所構成之支撐片等。當支撐片具備黏著劑層的情況,在保護膜形成用複合片中,黏著劑層係配置於基材與保護膜形成膜之間。Examples of the supporting sheet include a supporting sheet having a substrate and an adhesive layer disposed on one side of the substrate; a supporting sheet consisting only of a substrate, etc. When the supporting sheet has an adhesive layer, in the composite sheet for forming a protective film, the adhesive layer is disposed between the substrate and the protective film forming film.

當使用具備有基材及黏著劑層之支撐片的情況,在保護膜形成用複合片中,能夠容易地調節支撐片與保護膜形成膜之間的密合性及剝離性。 當使用僅由基材所構成之支撐片的情況,能夠以低成本製造保護膜形成用複合片。 When a support sheet having a base material and an adhesive layer is used, the adhesion and releasability between the support sheet and the protective film forming film can be easily adjusted in the composite sheet for forming a protective film. When a support sheet consisting only of a base material is used, the composite sheet for forming a protective film can be manufactured at low cost.

以下,按照這樣的支撐片的種類,一邊參照圖式一邊說明本實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片之例。Hereinafter, examples of the composite sheet for forming a protective film according to the present embodiment will be described with reference to the drawings according to the types of such support sheets.

圖2為示意地表示本實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片之一例的剖面圖。 另外,於圖2之後的圖中,對於與已說明完畢之圖所示相同的構成要素,標附與該已說明之圖的情況相同的符號,並省略該構成要素之詳細說明。 FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing an example of a composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present embodiment. In addition, in the figures after FIG. 2, the same components as those shown in the figure that has been explained are marked with the same symbols as those in the figure that has been explained, and the detailed description of the components is omitted.

此處所示之保護膜形成用複合片101係具備支撐片10、以及設置於支撐片10之一側的面(本說明書中,有時稱為「第一面」)10a上的保護膜形成膜13而構成。 支撐片10係具備基材11、以及設置於基材11之一側的面(第一面)11a上的黏著劑層12而構成。保護膜形成用複合片101中,黏著劑層12係配置於基材11與保護膜形成膜13之間。 亦即,保護膜形成用複合片101係基材11、黏著劑層12及保護膜形成膜13依序在這些層的厚度方向上積層而構成。 支撐片10的第一面10a係和黏著劑層12之與基材11側為相反側之面(本說明書中,有時稱為「第一面」)12a相同。 The composite sheet 101 for protective film formation shown here is provided with a support sheet 10 and a protective film formation surface provided on one side of the support sheet 10 (sometimes referred to as the "first surface" in this specification) 10a. membrane 13. The support sheet 10 is composed of a base material 11 and an adhesive layer 12 provided on one surface (first surface) 11 a of the base material 11 . In the protective film-forming composite sheet 101 , the adhesive layer 12 is disposed between the base material 11 and the protective film-forming film 13 . That is, the protective film-forming composite sheet 101 is composed of the base material 11, the adhesive layer 12, and the protective film-forming film 13, which are sequentially laminated in the thickness direction of these layers. The first surface 10a of the support sheet 10 is the same as the surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12 opposite to the base material 11 side (sometimes referred to as the "first surface" in this specification).

保護膜形成用複合片101係進而在保護膜形成膜13上具備有治具用接著劑層16及剝離膜15。 保護膜形成用複合片101中,於黏著劑層12的第一面12a的整面或大致整面係積層有保護膜形成膜13,於保護膜形成膜13之與黏著劑層12側為相反側之面(本說明書中,有時稱為「第一面」)13a的一部份、亦即周緣部附近的區域積層有治具用接著劑層16。並且,於保護膜形成膜13的第一面13a之中,未積層有治具用接著劑層16的區域、及治具用接著劑層16之與保護膜形成膜13側為相反側之面(本說明書中,有時稱為「第一面」)16a積層有剝離膜15。於保護膜形成膜13之與第一面13a為相反側之面(本說明書中,有時稱為「第二面」)13b設置有支撐片10。 The protective film forming composite sheet 101 further includes a jig adhesive layer 16 and a release film 15 on the protective film forming film 13 . In the protective film-forming composite sheet 101, a protective film-forming film 13 is laminated on the entire surface or substantially the entire surface of the first surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12, and the protective film-forming film 13 is on the opposite side to the adhesive layer 12 side. The jig adhesive layer 16 is laminated on a part of the side surface (sometimes referred to as the "first surface" in this specification) 13a, that is, the area near the peripheral edge. Furthermore, among the first surfaces 13 a of the protective film forming film 13 , there are areas where the jig adhesive layer 16 is not laminated, and the surface of the jig adhesive layer 16 that is opposite to the protective film forming film 13 side. The release film 15 is laminated on 16a (sometimes referred to as the "first side" in this specification) 16a. The support sheet 10 is provided on the surface 13b of the protective film forming film 13 opposite to the first surface 13a (sometimes referred to as the "second surface" in this specification).

不限於保護膜形成用複合片101的情況,在本實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片中,剝離膜(例如,圖2至圖5所示之剝離膜15)為任意的構成,本實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片可具備剝離膜,亦可不具備剝離膜。It is not limited to the case of the protective film forming composite sheet 101. In the protective film forming composite sheet of this embodiment, the release film (for example, the release film 15 shown in FIGS. 2 to 5) has an arbitrary structure. The composite sheet for forming a protective film may or may not have a release film.

治具用接著劑層16係用以將保護膜形成用複合片101固定於環狀框架等之治具。 治具用接著劑層16例如可具有含有接著劑成分之單層結構,亦可具有複數層結構(具備有成為芯材之片、設置於前述片的兩面之含有接著劑成分之層)。 The jig adhesive layer 16 is a jig for fixing the protective film forming composite sheet 101 to an annular frame or the like. The adhesive layer 16 for a jig may have a single-layer structure containing an adhesive component, for example, or may have a multiple-layer structure (including a sheet serving as a core material and layers containing an adhesive component provided on both sides of the sheet).

保護膜形成用複合片101係以下述方式使用:在剝離膜15經移除的狀態,於保護膜形成膜13的第一面13a貼附晶圓的內面,進而將治具用接著劑層16的第一面16a貼附於環狀框架等之治具。The composite sheet 101 for forming a protective film is used in the following manner: in a state where the release film 15 is removed, the first surface 13a of the protective film forming film 13 is attached to the inner surface of the wafer, and the first surface 16a of the jig adhesive layer 16 is attached to a jig such as a ring frame.

圖3為示意地表示本實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片之其他例的剖面圖。此處所示之保護膜形成用複合片102除了在保護膜形成膜的形狀及大小不同,且治具用接著劑層是積層於黏著劑層的第一面而非保護膜形成膜的第一面這一點以外,皆與圖2所示之保護膜形成用複合片101相同。Fig. 3 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing another example of a composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present embodiment. The composite sheet for forming a protective film 102 shown here is the same as the composite sheet for forming a protective film 101 shown in Fig. 2 except that the shape and size of the protective film forming film are different and the adhesive layer for the jig is laminated on the first surface of the adhesive layer instead of the first surface of the protective film forming film.

更具體而言,保護膜形成用複合片102中,保護膜形成膜23係積層於黏著劑層12的第一面12a之一部份的區域(亦即積層於黏著劑層12的寬度方向(圖3中的左右方向)上的中央側之區域)。進而,在黏著劑層12的第一面12a之中,未積層有保護膜形成膜23之區域,從保護膜形成膜23之寬度方向的外側以非接觸來包圍保護膜形成膜23的方式積層有治具用接著劑層16。並且,在保護膜形成膜23之與黏著劑層12側為相反側之面(本說明書中,有時稱為「第一面」)23a及治具用接著劑層16的第一面16a積層有剝離膜15。於保護膜形成膜23之與第一面23a為相反側之面(本說明書中,有時稱為「第二面」)23b設置有支撐片10。More specifically, in the protective film forming composite sheet 102, the protective film forming film 23 is laminated on a portion of the first surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12 (i.e., laminated on the central side of the adhesive layer 12 in the width direction (left-right direction in FIG. 3)). Furthermore, in the first surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12, in the area where the protective film forming film 23 is not laminated, the jig adhesive layer 16 is laminated in a non-contact manner surrounding the protective film forming film 23 from the outer side in the width direction of the protective film forming film 23. In addition, a peeling film 15 is laminated on the surface 23a of the protective film forming film 23 opposite to the adhesive layer 12 (sometimes referred to as the "first surface" in this specification) and the first surface 16a of the jig adhesive layer 16. A supporting sheet 10 is provided on the surface 23b of the protective film forming film 23 opposite to the first surface 23a (sometimes referred to as the "second surface" in this specification).

圖4為示意地表示本實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片之又一其他例的剖面圖。 此處所示之保護膜形成用複合片103除了在不具備治具用接著劑層16這一點以外,皆與圖3所示之保護膜形成用複合片102相同。 FIG. 4 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing yet another example of the composite sheet for forming a protective film according to this embodiment. The protective film forming composite sheet 103 shown here is the same as the protective film forming composite sheet 102 shown in FIG. 3 except that it does not include the jig adhesive layer 16 .

圖5為示意地表示本實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片之又一其他例的剖面圖。 此處所示之保護膜形成用複合片104除了在具備支撐片20來代替支撐片10而構成這一點以外,皆與圖2所示之保護膜形成用複合片101相同。 FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing yet another example of the composite sheet for forming a protective film according to this embodiment. The composite sheet 104 for protective film formation shown here is the same as the composite sheet 101 for protective film formation shown in FIG. 2 except that it is provided with the support sheet 20 instead of the support sheet 10 .

支撐片20僅由基材11構成。 亦即,保護膜形成用複合片104係基材11及保護膜形成膜13在這些層的厚度方向上積層而構成。 支撐片20的保護膜形成膜13側之面(第一面)20a係與基材11的第一面11a相同。 基材11係至少在該基材11的第一面11a具有黏著性。 The support sheet 20 is composed only of the substrate 11. That is, the composite sheet 104 for forming a protective film is formed by laminating the substrate 11 and the protective film forming film 13 in the thickness direction of these layers. The surface (first surface) 20a on the protective film forming film 13 side of the support sheet 20 is the same as the first surface 11a of the substrate 11. The substrate 11 has adhesiveness at least on the first surface 11a of the substrate 11.

本實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片並不限定於圖2至圖5所示之保護膜形成用複合片,亦可在無損於本發明的效果之範圍內,將圖2至圖5所示之保護膜形成用複合片的一部分構成變更或刪除,或者對至此已說明之保護膜形成用複合片進而追加其他構成。The composite sheet for forming a protective film according to this embodiment is not limited to the composite sheet for forming a protective film shown in FIGS. 2 to 5 . The composite sheet for forming a protective film may also be modified as shown in FIGS. 2 to 5 within the scope that does not impair the effect of the present invention. A part of the structure of the composite sheet for forming a protective film is changed or deleted, or other structures are added to the composite sheet for forming a protective film that has been described so far.

其次,針對構成支撐片的各層進而詳細地說明。Next, each layer that makes up the support sheet is described in detail.

○基材 前述基材為片狀或膜狀,作為前述基材的構成材料例如可舉出各種樹脂。 作為前述樹脂例如可舉出:低密度聚乙烯(LDPE;Low Density Polyethylene)、直鏈低密度聚乙烯(LLDPE;Linear Low Density Polyethylene)、高密度聚乙烯(HDPE;High Density Polyethylene)等之聚乙烯;聚丙烯、聚丁烯、聚丁二烯、聚甲基戊烯、降莰烯樹脂等之聚乙烯以外的聚烯烴;乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物、乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物、乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸酯共聚物、乙烯-降莰烯共聚物等之乙烯系共聚物(使用乙烯作為單體而獲得之共聚物);聚氯乙烯、氯乙烯共聚物等之氯乙烯系樹脂(使用氯乙烯作為單體而獲得之樹脂);聚苯乙烯;聚環烯烴;聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯、聚萘二甲酸乙二酯、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯、聚間苯二甲酸乙二酯、聚-2,6-萘二甲酸乙二酯、全部構成單元為具有芳香族環式基之全芳香族聚酯等之聚酯;2種以上之前述聚酯之共聚物;聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯;聚胺基甲酸酯;聚丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯;聚醯亞胺;聚醯胺;聚碳酸酯;氟樹脂;聚縮醛;變性聚苯醚;聚苯硫醚;聚碸;聚醚酮等。 又,作為前述樹脂,例如亦可舉出前述聚酯與前述聚酯以外的樹脂之混合物等之聚合物合金。前述聚酯與前述聚酯以外的樹脂之聚合物合金較佳為聚酯以外的樹脂的量為相對較少量。 再者,作為前述樹脂例如亦可舉出:至此已例示之前述樹脂中的1種或2種以上所交聯而成之交聯樹脂;使用至此已例示之前述樹脂中的1種或2種以上之離子聚合物等之變性樹脂。 ○ Substrate The aforementioned substrate is in the form of a sheet or a film, and various resins can be cited as the constituent material of the aforementioned substrate. Examples of the aforementioned resin include polyethylene such as low-density polyethylene (LDPE), linear low-density polyethylene (LLDPE), and high-density polyethylene (HDPE); polyolefins other than polyethylene such as polypropylene, polybutene, polybutadiene, polymethylpentene, and norbornene resins; ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymers, ethylene-(meth)acrylic acid copolymers, ethylene-(meth)acrylate copolymers, and ethylene-norbornene copolymers (copolymers obtained using ethylene as a monomer); vinyl chloride-based resins such as polyvinyl chloride and vinyl chloride copolymers (resins obtained using vinyl chloride as a monomer); polystyrene Ethylene; polycycloolefin; polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate, polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene isophthalate, polyethylene-2,6-naphthalate, polyesters whose entire constituent units are wholly aromatic polyesters having aromatic cyclic groups, etc.; copolymers of two or more of the aforementioned polyesters; poly(meth)acrylate; polyurethane; polyacrylic urethane; polyimide; polyamide; polycarbonate; fluororesin; polyacetal; modified polyphenylene ether; polyphenylene sulfide; polysulfone; polyether ketone, etc. In addition, as the aforementioned resin, for example, a polymer alloy such as a mixture of the aforementioned polyester and a resin other than the aforementioned polyester can also be cited. The polymer alloy of the aforementioned polyester and a resin other than the aforementioned polyester is preferably a relatively small amount of the resin other than the polyester. Furthermore, examples of the aforementioned resins include: crosslinked resins formed by crosslinking one or more of the resins mentioned above; and modified resins using ionic polymers of one or more of the resins mentioned above.

構成基材之樹脂可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些樹脂的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。The resin constituting the substrate may be only one type or two or more types. When there are two or more types, the combination and ratio of those resins can be arbitrarily selected.

基材可由1層(單層)所構成,亦可由2層以上之複數層所構成,當由複數層所構成的情況,這些複數層可互相相同亦可不同,這些複數層的組合並無特別限定。The substrate may be composed of one layer (single layer) or may be composed of two or more layers. When composed of multiple layers, these multiple layers may be the same or different from each other, and the combination of these multiple layers is not particularly limited.

基材的厚度較佳為50μm至300μm,更佳為60μm至100μm。藉由基材的厚度在這樣的範圍,保護膜形成用複合片的可撓性、對晶圓的貼附適性會更加提升。 此處,所謂「基材的厚度」意指基材整體的厚度,例如所謂由複數層所構成之基材的厚度則意指構成基材之全部層的合計厚度。 The thickness of the substrate is preferably 50 μm to 300 μm, more preferably 60 μm to 100 μm. When the thickness of the substrate is within such a range, the flexibility of the composite sheet for forming a protective film and the adhesion to the wafer will be further improved. Here, the so-called "thickness of the substrate" means the thickness of the substrate as a whole. For example, the thickness of a substrate composed of multiple layers means the total thickness of all layers constituting the substrate.

基材係除前述樹脂等主要構成材料以外,亦可含有填充材、著色劑、抗氧化劑、有機潤滑劑、觸媒、軟化劑(塑化劑)等之公知的各種添加劑。The substrate may contain various known additives such as fillers, colorants, antioxidants, organic lubricants, catalysts, softeners (plasticizers), etc. in addition to the aforementioned main constituent materials such as the resin.

基材較佳為透明,亦可依目的而著色,亦可蒸鍍其他層。 在保護膜形成膜具有能量線硬化性之本實施形態中,基材較佳為使能量線穿透。 The base material is preferably transparent, and can also be colored according to the purpose, and other layers can also be evaporated. In this embodiment in which the protective film-forming film has energy ray curability, it is preferable that the base material allows energy rays to penetrate.

為了調節基材與設置於該基材之上的層(例如,黏著劑層、保護膜形成膜、或前述其他層)的接著性,亦可對基材的表面施以利用噴砂處理、溶劑處理等之凹凸化處理;電暈放電處理、電子束照射處理、電漿處理、臭氧/紫外線照射處理、火焰處理、鉻酸處理、熱風處理等之氧化處理;親油處理;親水處理等。另外,亦可對基材表面進行底塗處理。In order to adjust the adhesion between the substrate and the layer disposed on the substrate (for example, the adhesive layer, the protective film forming film, or the aforementioned other layers), the surface of the substrate may be subjected to a roughening treatment using sandblasting, solvent treatment, etc.; an oxidation treatment such as a corona discharge treatment, an electron beam irradiation treatment, a plasma treatment, an ozone/ultraviolet irradiation treatment, a flame treatment, a chromic acid treatment, a hot air treatment, etc.; an oleophilic treatment; a hydrophilic treatment, etc. In addition, the surface of the substrate may also be subjected to a primer treatment.

基材藉由含有特定範圍的成分(例如樹脂等),亦可在至少一側的面具有黏著性。The substrate may also have adhesiveness on at least one side by containing a specific range of components (such as resin, etc.).

基材可利用公知的方法製造。例如,含有樹脂之基材能夠藉由將含有前述樹脂之樹脂組成物進行成形而製造。The base material can be produced by a known method. For example, a base material containing a resin can be produced by molding a resin composition containing the aforementioned resin.

○黏著劑層 前述黏著劑層為片狀或膜狀,且含有黏著劑。 作為前述黏著劑,例如可舉出:丙烯酸樹脂、胺基甲酸酯樹脂、橡膠系樹脂、聚矽氧樹脂、環氧系樹脂、聚乙烯醚、聚碳酸酯、酯系樹脂等之黏著性樹脂。 ○ Adhesive layer The adhesive layer is in a sheet or film form and contains an adhesive. Examples of the adhesive include adhesive resins such as acrylic resins, urethane resins, rubber resins, silicone resins, epoxy resins, polyvinyl ethers, polycarbonates, and ester resins.

本說明書中,「黏著性樹脂」包括了具有黏著性之樹脂及具有接著性之樹脂兩者。例如,前述黏著性樹脂不僅包括了樹脂本身具有黏著性之樹脂,亦包括了藉由與添加劑等其他成分的併用而顯示黏著性之樹脂、以及藉由熱或水等觸發的存在而顯示接著性之樹脂等。In this specification, "adhesive resin" includes both adhesive resin and adhesive resin. For example, the aforementioned adhesive resin includes not only resins that have adhesive properties by themselves, but also resins that exhibit adhesiveness by being used in combination with other components such as additives, and resins that exhibit adhesiveness by the presence of triggers such as heat or water. resin, etc.

黏著劑層可由1層(單層)所構成,亦可由2層以上之複數層所構成,當由複數層所構成的情況,這些複數層可互相相同亦可不同,這些複數層的組合並無特別限定。The adhesive layer may be composed of one layer (single layer) or may be composed of two or more layers. When composed of multiple layers, these multiple layers may be the same or different from each other, and the combination of these multiple layers is not particularly limited.

黏著劑層的厚度沒有特別限定,較佳為1μm至100μm,更佳為1μm至60μm,特佳為1μm至30μm。 此處,所謂「黏著劑層的厚度」意指黏著劑層整體的厚度,例如所謂由複數層結構之黏著劑層的厚度則意指構成黏著劑層之全部層的合計厚度。 The thickness of the adhesive layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 μm to 100 μm, more preferably 1 μm to 60 μm, and particularly preferably 1 μm to 30 μm. Here, the so-called "thickness of the adhesive layer" means the thickness of the adhesive layer as a whole. For example, the thickness of an adhesive layer composed of multiple layers means the total thickness of all layers constituting the adhesive layer.

黏著劑層較佳為透明,亦可依目的來著色。 在保護膜形成膜具有能量線硬化性之本實施形態中,黏著劑層較佳為使能量線穿透。 The adhesive layer is preferably transparent, and may be colored according to the purpose. In the present embodiment in which the protective film forming film has energy ray curing properties, the adhesive layer is preferably energy ray-permeable.

黏著劑層可為能量線硬化性及非能量線硬化性之中任一種。能量線硬化性的黏著劑層能夠調節在黏著劑層之硬化前及硬化後的物性。例如,在後述之附保護膜之晶片的拾取前,使能量線硬化性的黏著劑層硬化,藉此能夠更容易地拾取此附保護膜之晶片。黏著劑層為非能量線硬化性的情況,光穩定性高,儲存穩定性優異。The adhesive layer may be either energy ray curable or non-energy ray curable. The energy ray curable adhesive layer can adjust the physical properties of the adhesive layer before and after hardening. For example, before picking up a wafer with a protective film, which will be described later, an energy ray curable adhesive layer is hardened, so that the wafer with a protective film can be picked up more easily. The adhesive layer is non-energy ray hardenable and has high light stability and excellent storage stability.

黏著劑層能夠使用含有黏著劑之黏著劑組成物來形成。例如,能夠藉由將黏著劑組成物塗覆於黏著劑層的形成對象面,並視需要使之乾燥而於目標之部位形成黏著劑層。黏著劑組成物之中在常溫不會汽化的成分彼此之含量的比率,通常與黏著劑層之中的前述成分彼此之含量的比率相同。The adhesive layer can be formed using an adhesive composition containing an adhesive. For example, the adhesive layer can be formed at the target site by applying the adhesive composition to the surface to be formed on the adhesive layer and drying it as needed. The ratio of the content of the components that do not evaporate at room temperature in the adhesive composition is usually the same as the ratio of the content of the aforementioned components in the adhesive layer.

黏著劑組成物的塗敷及乾燥,例如能夠利用與上述之保護膜形成用組成物的塗敷及乾燥的情況相同的方法來進行。The application and drying of the adhesive composition can be performed, for example, by the same method as the above-mentioned application and drying of the protective film forming composition.

當在基材上設置黏著劑層的情況,例如只要於基材上塗覆黏著劑組成物並視需要使之乾燥即可。再者,例如亦可於剝離膜上塗覆黏著劑組成物並視需要使之乾燥,藉此於剝離膜上預先形成黏著劑層,且使該黏著劑層的露出面與基材的一側之表面貼合,藉此於基材上積層黏著劑層。這種情況的剝離膜在保護膜形成用複合片的製造過程或使用過程中的任何時機移除即可。When an adhesive layer is provided on the base material, for example, it is sufficient to apply the adhesive composition on the base material and dry it if necessary. Furthermore, for example, the adhesive composition can be coated on the release film and dried if necessary, thereby forming an adhesive layer on the release film in advance, and making the exposed surface of the adhesive layer contact one side of the base material. Surface bonding, whereby an adhesive layer is laminated on a substrate. The release film in this case may be removed at any time during the manufacturing process or use of the protective film-forming composite sheet.

當黏著劑層為能量線硬化性的情況,作為能量線硬化性的黏著劑組成物,例如可舉出:含有非能量線硬化性的黏著性樹脂(I-1a)(以下,有時簡稱為「黏著性樹脂(I-1a)」)與能量線硬化性化合物之黏著劑組成物(I-1);含有於非能量線硬化性的黏著性樹脂(I-1a)之側鏈導入有不飽和基之能量線硬化性的黏著性樹脂(I-2a)(以下,有時簡稱為「黏著性樹脂(I-2a)」)之黏著劑組成物(I-2);含有前述黏著性樹脂(I-2a)與能量線硬化性化合物之黏著劑組成物(I-3)等。When the adhesive layer is energy ray curable, examples of the energy ray curable adhesive composition include a non-energy ray curable adhesive resin (I-1a) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "Adhesive resin (I-1a)") and an adhesive composition (I-1) of an energy ray curable compound; the side chain contained in the non-energy ray curable adhesive resin (I-1a) has no problem in introducing An adhesive composition (I-2) of an energy ray-curable adhesive resin (I-2a) of saturated groups (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "adhesive resin (I-2a)"); containing the aforementioned adhesive resin (I-2a) Adhesive composition (I-3) with an energy ray curable compound, etc.

當黏著劑層為非能量線硬化性的情況,作為非能量線硬化性的黏著劑組成物,例如可舉出含有前述非能量線硬化性的黏著性樹脂(I-1a)之黏著劑組成物(I-4)等。When the adhesive layer is non-energy ray curable, examples of the non-energy ray curable adhesive composition include an adhesive composition containing the aforementioned non-energy ray curable adhesive resin (I-1a). (I-4) etc.

[非能量線硬化性的黏著性樹脂(I-1a)] 前述黏著性樹脂(I-1a)較佳為丙烯酸樹脂。 [Non-energy ray curable adhesive resin (I-1a)] The aforementioned adhesive resin (I-1a) is preferably an acrylic resin.

作為前述丙烯酸樹脂,例如可舉出至少具有源自(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之構成單元的丙烯酸聚合物。 作為前述(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯,例如可舉出構成烷基酯之烷基的碳數為1至20之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯,前述烷基較佳為直鏈狀或支鏈狀。 Examples of the acrylic resin include an acrylic polymer having at least a structural unit derived from an alkyl (meth)acrylate. Examples of the (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester include (meth)acrylic acid alkyl esters in which the alkyl group constituting the alkyl ester has a carbon number of 1 to 20. The alkyl group is preferably linear or branched. Chain.

前述丙烯酸聚合物較佳為除了源自(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之構成單元以外,還進而具有源自含官能基之單體的構成單元。 作為前述含官能基之單體,例如可舉出:藉由前述官能基與後述之交聯劑進行反應而成為交聯的起點,或藉由前述官能基與後述之含不飽和基之化合物中的異氰酸酯基、縮水甘油基等的官能基進行反應而能在丙烯酸聚合物之側鏈導入不飽和基之單體。 The acrylic polymer preferably further has a structural unit derived from a functional group-containing monomer in addition to a structural unit derived from alkyl (meth)acrylate. Examples of the functional group-containing monomer include: the functional group reacts with a cross-linking agent described below to form a starting point for cross-linking; or the functional group reacts with an unsaturated group-containing compound described below. A monomer that reacts with functional groups such as isocyanate group and glycidyl group to introduce unsaturated groups into the side chains of acrylic polymers.

作為前述含官能基之單體,例如可舉出:含羥基之單體、含羧基之單體、含胺基之單體、含環氧基之單體等。Examples of the functional group-containing monomer include a hydroxyl group-containing monomer, a carboxyl group-containing monomer, an amine group-containing monomer, an epoxy group-containing monomer, and the like.

前述丙烯酸聚合物除了源自(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯的構成單元、及源自含官能基之單體的構成單元以外,亦可進而具有源自其他單體的構成單元。 前述其他的單體只要能夠與(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯等共聚,則並無特別限定。 作為前述其他的單體例如可舉出:苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯、乙烯基甲苯、甲酸乙烯酯、乙酸乙烯酯、丙烯腈、丙烯醯胺等。 The acrylic polymer may further have structural units derived from other monomers, in addition to structural units derived from alkyl (meth)acrylate and functional group-containing monomers. The other monomers mentioned above are not particularly limited as long as they can be copolymerized with alkyl (meth)acrylate and the like. Examples of the other monomers include styrene, α-methylstyrene, vinyl toluene, vinyl formate, vinyl acetate, acrylonitrile, acrylamide, and the like.

前述黏著劑組成物(I-1)、黏著劑組成物(I-2)、黏著劑組成物(I-3)及黏著劑組成物(I-4)(以下,包括這些黏著劑組成物簡稱為「黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)」)中,前述丙烯酸聚合物等之前述丙烯酸樹脂所具有的構成單元可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些構成單元的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。The aforementioned adhesive composition (I-1), adhesive composition (I-2), adhesive composition (I-3) and adhesive composition (I-4) (hereinafter, include the abbreviations of these adhesive compositions) In "Adhesive composition (I-1) to Adhesive composition (I-4)"), the structural unit of the acrylic resin such as the acrylic polymer may be only one type or two types. As mentioned above, in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of those structural units can be selected arbitrarily.

前述丙烯酸聚合物中,源自含官能基之單體的構成單元的量相對於構成單元的總量之比例較佳為1質量%至35質量%。In the acrylic polymer, the amount of the constituent units derived from the monomer containing a functional group relative to the total amount of the constituent units is preferably 1 mass % to 35 mass %.

黏著劑組成物(I-1)或黏著劑組成物(I-4)所含有之黏著性樹脂(I-1a)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些黏著性樹脂(I-1a)的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。The adhesive resin (I-1a) contained in the adhesive composition (I-1) or the adhesive composition (I-4) may be only one type, or may be two or more types. In the case of more than two types, , the combination and ratio of those adhesive resins (I-1a) can be selected arbitrarily.

由黏著劑組成物(I-1)或黏著劑組成物(I-4)所形成的黏著劑層中,黏著性樹脂(I-1a)的含量相對於前述黏著劑層的總質量之比例較佳為5質量%至99質量%,例如亦可為25質量%至95質量%、45質量%至95質量%、及65質量%至95質量%中任一種。In the adhesive layer formed from the adhesive composition (I-1) or the adhesive composition (I-4), the content of the adhesive resin (I-1a) is relatively high relative to the total mass of the adhesive layer. Preferably, it is 5 mass% to 99 mass%, and for example, it may be any one of 25 mass% to 95 mass%, 45 mass% to 95 mass%, and 65 mass% to 95 mass%.

[能量線硬化性的黏著性樹脂(I-2a)] 前述黏著性樹脂(I-2a)例如可藉由使具有能量線聚合性不飽和基的含不飽和基之化合物與黏著性樹脂(I-1a)中的官能基進行反應而獲得。 [Energy ray curable adhesive resin (I-2a)] The adhesive resin (I-2a) can be obtained, for example, by reacting an unsaturated group-containing compound having an energy-beam polymerizable unsaturated group with a functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a).

前述含不飽和基之化合物係除了前述能量線聚合性不飽和基以外,還進而具有藉由與黏著性樹脂(I-1a)中的官能基進行反應而能與黏著性樹脂(I-1a)鍵結之基之化合物。 作為前述能量線聚合性不飽和基,例如可舉出:(甲基)丙烯醯基、乙烯基(次乙基)、烯丙基(2-丙烯基)等,較佳為(甲基)丙烯醯基。 作為能與黏著性樹脂(I-1a)中的官能基鍵結之基,例如可舉出:能與羥基或胺基鍵結之異氰酸酯基及縮水甘油基、以及能與羧基或環氧基鍵結之羥基及胺基等。 The aforementioned unsaturated group-containing compound, in addition to the aforementioned energy-beam polymerizable unsaturated group, further has the ability to react with the adhesive resin (I-1a) by reacting with a functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a). A compound that is the basis of bonding. Examples of the energy ray polymerizable unsaturated group include (meth)acrylyl, vinyl (ethylidene), allyl (2-propenyl), and the like, and (meth)acryl is preferred. Jiji. Examples of the group that can be bonded to the functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a) include an isocyanate group and a glycidyl group that can be bonded to a hydroxyl group or an amine group, and a carboxyl group or an epoxy group. The hydroxyl and amine groups of the knot.

作為前述含不飽和基之化合物,例如可舉出:(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基異氰酸酯、(甲基)丙烯醯基異氰酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯等。Examples of the unsaturated group-containing compound include (meth)acryloxyethyl isocyanate, (meth)acryloxyethyl isocyanate, and glycidyl (meth)acrylate.

黏著劑組成物(I-2)或黏著劑組成物(I-3)所含有的黏著性樹脂(I-2a)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些黏著性樹脂(I-2a)的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。The adhesive resin (I-2a) contained in the adhesive composition (I-2) or the adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one type, or may be two or more types. In the case of two or more types, , the combination and ratio of those adhesive resins (I-2a) can be selected arbitrarily.

由黏著劑組成物(I-2)或黏著劑組成物(I-3)所形成的黏著劑層中,黏著性樹脂(I-2a)的含量相對於前述黏著劑層的總質量之比例較佳為5質量%至99質量%。In the adhesive layer formed from the adhesive composition (I-2) or the adhesive composition (I-3), the content of the adhesive resin (I-2a) is relatively high relative to the total mass of the adhesive layer. Preferably, it is 5 mass% to 99 mass%.

[能量線硬化性化合物] 作為前述黏著劑組成物(I-1)或黏著劑組成物(I-3)所含有之前述能量線硬化性化合物,可舉出具有能量線聚合性不飽和基且藉由照射能量線而能硬化的單體或寡聚物。 [Energy ray-hardening compound] As the aforementioned energy ray-hardening compound contained in the aforementioned adhesive composition (I-1) or adhesive composition (I-3), there can be cited monomers or oligomers having energy ray-polymerizable unsaturated groups and being hardenable by irradiation with energy rays.

能量線硬化性化合物中,作為單體例如可舉出:三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,4-丁二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯等之多元(甲基)丙烯酸酯;(甲基)丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯;聚酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯;聚醚(甲基)丙烯酸酯;環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。 能量線硬化性化合物中,作為寡聚物例如可舉出:在上述已例示之單體的聚合物之寡聚物等。 Among the energy ray-curable compounds, examples of monomers include: poly(meth)acrylates such as trihydroxymethylpropane tri(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol (meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, 1,4-butanediol di(meth)acrylate, and 1,6-hexanediol (meth)acrylate; (meth)acrylic acid urethane; polyester (meth)acrylate; polyether (meth)acrylate; epoxy (meth)acrylate, etc. Among the energy ray-curable compounds, examples of oligomers include: oligomers of polymers of the monomers exemplified above, etc.

黏著劑組成物(I-1)或黏著劑組成物(I-3)所含有的前述能量線硬化性化合物可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些能量線硬化性化合物的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。The energy ray-curable compound contained in the adhesive composition (I-1) or the adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more kinds, the combination and ratio of the energy ray-curable compounds can be arbitrarily selected.

由黏著劑組成物(I-1)或黏著劑組成物(I-3)所形成的黏著劑層中,前述能量線硬化性化合物的含量相對於前述黏著劑層的總質量之比例較佳為1質量%至95質量%。In the adhesive layer formed by the adhesive composition (I-1) or the adhesive composition (I-3), the content of the energy ray-curable compound relative to the total mass of the adhesive layer is preferably 1 mass % to 95 mass %.

[交聯劑] 作為黏著性樹脂(I-1a),當使用除了具有源自(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之構成單元以外,還進而具有源自含官能基之單體的構成單元之前述丙烯酸聚合物的情況,黏著劑組成物(I-1)或黏著劑組成物(I-4)較佳為進而含有交聯劑。 又,作為黏著性樹脂(I-2a),例如當使用與黏著性樹脂(I-1a)之中的丙烯酸聚合物同樣的具有源自含官能基之單體的構成單元之前述丙烯酸聚合物的情況,黏著劑組成物(I-2)或黏著劑組成物(I-3)亦可進而含有交聯劑。 [Cross-linking agent] As the adhesive resin (I-1a), the above-described acrylic polymer having a structural unit derived from a functional group-containing monomer in addition to a structural unit derived from an alkyl (meth)acrylate is used. , the adhesive composition (I-1) or the adhesive composition (I-4) preferably further contains a cross-linking agent. Furthermore, as the adhesive resin (I-2a), for example, the acrylic polymer having the same structural unit derived from the functional group-containing monomer as the acrylic polymer in the adhesive resin (I-1a) is used. In this case, the adhesive composition (I-2) or the adhesive composition (I-3) may further contain a cross-linking agent.

前述交聯劑例如與前述官能基反應而將黏著性樹脂(I-1a)彼此或黏著性樹脂(I-2a)彼此交聯。 作為交聯劑例如可舉出:甲苯二異氰酸酯、六亞甲基二異氰酸酯、苯二甲基二異氰酸酯、這些二異氰酸酯之加合物等之異氰酸酯系交聯劑(具有異氰酸酯基之交聯劑);乙二醇縮水甘油醚等之環氧系交聯劑(具有縮水甘油基之交聯劑);六[1-(2-甲基)-氮丙啶基]三磷三嗪等之氮丙啶系交聯劑(具有氮丙啶基之交聯劑);鋁螯合物等之金屬螯合物系交聯劑(具有金屬螯合物結構之交聯劑);異氰脲酸酯系交聯劑(具有異氰脲酸骨架之交聯劑)等。 The aforementioned crosslinking agent, for example, reacts with the aforementioned functional group to crosslink adhesive resins (I-1a) or adhesive resins (I-2a). Examples of crosslinking agents include: isocyanate crosslinking agents (crosslinking agents having an isocyanate group) such as toluene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, xylylene diisocyanate, and adducts of these diisocyanates; epoxy crosslinking agents (crosslinking agents having a glycidyl group) such as ethylene glycol glycidyl ether; aziridine crosslinking agents (crosslinking agents having an aziridine group) such as hexa[1-(2-methyl)-aziridine]triphosphorus triazine; metal chelate crosslinking agents (crosslinking agents having a metal chelate structure) such as aluminum chelate; isocyanurate crosslinking agents (crosslinking agents having an isocyanuric acid skeleton), etc.

黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)所含有之交聯劑可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些交聯劑的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。The cross-linking agent contained in the adhesive composition (I-1) to the adhesive composition (I-4) may be only one type, or may be two or more types. In the case of two or more types, those cross-linking agents The combination and ratio can be selected arbitrarily.

前述黏著劑組成物(I-1)或黏著劑組成物(I-4)中,相對於黏著性樹脂(I-1a)的含量100質量份,交聯劑的含量較佳為0.01質量份至50質量份,例如亦可為1質量份至40質量份、5質量份至35質量份、及10質量份至30質量份中任一種。 前述黏著劑組成物(I-2)或黏著劑組成物(I-3)中,相對於黏著性樹脂(I-2a)的含量100質量份,交聯劑的含量較佳為0.01質量份至50質量份。 In the aforementioned adhesive composition (I-1) or adhesive composition (I-4), the content of the cross-linking agent is preferably 0.01 to 0.01 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the adhesive resin (I-1a). 50 parts by mass may be, for example, any one of 1 to 40 parts by mass, 5 to 35 parts by mass, and 10 to 30 parts by mass. In the aforementioned adhesive composition (I-2) or adhesive composition (I-3), the content of the cross-linking agent is preferably 0.01 to 0.01 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the adhesive resin (I-2a). 50 parts by mass.

[光聚合起始劑] 黏著劑組成物(I-1)、黏著劑組成物(I-2)及黏著劑組成物(I-3)(以下,包括這些黏著劑組成物簡稱為「黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-3)」)亦可進而含有光聚合起始劑。含有光聚合起始劑之黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-3)即便照射了紫外線等相對較低能量的能量線,仍充分地進行硬化反應。 [Photopolymerization initiator] Adhesive composition (I-1), adhesive composition (I-2) and adhesive composition (I-3) (hereinafter, these adhesive compositions are referred to as "adhesive composition (I-1) to adhesive composition (I-3)") may further contain a photopolymerization initiator. Adhesive composition (I-1) to adhesive composition (I-3) containing a photopolymerization initiator fully undergoes a curing reaction even when irradiated with relatively low energy rays such as ultraviolet rays.

作為前述光聚合起始劑,例如可舉出與上述之光聚合起始劑(c)相同的光聚合起始劑。Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include the same photopolymerization initiators as those mentioned above as the photopolymerization initiator (c).

黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-3)所含有之光聚合起始劑可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些光聚合起始劑的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。The photopolymerization initiator contained in the adhesive composition (I-1) to the adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more kinds, the combination and ratio of those photopolymerization initiators can be arbitrarily selected.

黏著劑組成物(I-1)中,相對於前述能量線硬化性化合物的含量100質量份,光聚合起始劑的含量較佳為0.01質量份至20質量份。黏著劑組成物(I-2)中,相對於黏著性樹脂(I-2a)的含量100質量份,光聚合起始劑的含量較佳為0.01質量份至20質量份。 黏著劑組成物(I-3)中,相對於黏著性樹脂(I-2a)及前述能量線硬化性化合物的總含量100質量份,光聚合起始劑的含量較佳為0.01質量份至20質量份。 In the adhesive composition (I-1), the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the aforementioned energy ray-curable compound. In the adhesive composition (I-2), the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the adhesive resin (I-2a). In the adhesive composition (I-3), the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the total content of the adhesive resin (I-2a) and the aforementioned energy ray-curable compound.

[其他添加劑] 黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)亦可在無損於本發明的功效之範圍內,含有不相當於上述之中任一種成分之其他添加劑。 作為前述其他添加劑,例如可舉出:抗靜電劑、抗氧化劑、軟化劑(塑化劑)、填充材(填料)、防鏽劑、著色劑(顏料、染料)、敏化劑、黏著賦予劑、反應延遲劑、交聯促進劑(觸媒)等之公知的添加劑。 另外,所謂反應延遲劑係指例如抑制因混入於黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)中的觸媒之作用,而在儲存中的黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)中進行非目標的交聯反應之成分。作為反應延遲劑,例如可舉出藉由針對觸媒之螯合物而形成螯合錯合物之化合物,更具體而言,可舉出1分子中具有2個以上之羰基(-C(=O)-)之化合物。 [Other additives] The adhesive composition (I-1) to the adhesive composition (I-4) may also contain other additives that are not equivalent to any of the above-mentioned components within the scope that does not impair the efficacy of the present invention. As the aforementioned other additives, for example, there can be cited: antistatic agents, antioxidants, softeners (plasticizers), fillers (fillers), rustproofing agents, colorants (pigments, dyes), sensitizers, adhesion-imparting agents, reaction delay agents, crosslinking promoters (catalysts) and other well-known additives. In addition, the so-called reaction retarder refers to a component that inhibits, for example, the unintended cross-linking reaction in the adhesive composition (I-1) to the adhesive composition (I-4) during storage due to the action of a catalyst mixed in the adhesive composition (I-1) to the adhesive composition (I-4). Examples of the reaction retarder include compounds that form chelate complexes by reacting with chelates directed against the catalyst, and more specifically, compounds having two or more carbonyl groups (-C(=O)-) in one molecule.

黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)所含有之其他添加劑可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些其他添加劑的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。The other additives contained in the adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-4) may be only one type, or may be two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination of those other additives and ratio can be selected arbitrarily.

黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)之其他添加劑的含量並沒有特別限定,依該其他添加劑的種類適當選擇即可。The content of other additives in adhesive composition (I-1) to adhesive composition (I-4) is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected according to the type of the other additives.

[溶媒] 黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)亦可含有溶媒。黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)藉由含有溶媒,對該塗覆對象面的塗覆適性會提高。 [Solvent] The adhesive composition (I-1) to the adhesive composition (I-4) may also contain a solvent. By containing a solvent, the adhesive composition (I-1) to the adhesive composition (I-4) can improve the coating suitability to the coating target surface.

前述溶媒較佳為有機溶媒,作為前述有機溶媒,例如可舉出:甲基乙基酮、丙酮等之酮;乙酸乙酯等之酯(羧酸酯);四氫呋喃、二噁烷等之醚;環己烷、正己烷等之脂肪族烴;甲苯、二甲苯等之芳香族烴;1-丙醇、2-丙醇等之醇等。The aforementioned solvent is preferably an organic solvent. Examples of the aforementioned organic solvent include: ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone and acetone; esters (carboxylates) such as ethyl acetate; ethers such as tetrahydrofuran and dioxane; aliphatic hydrocarbons such as cyclohexane and n-hexane; aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; alcohols such as 1-propanol and 2-propanol, etc.

黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)所含有之溶媒可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,當為2種以上的情況,那些溶媒的組合及比率能夠任意地選擇。The adhesive composition (I-1) to the adhesive composition (I-4) may contain only one type of solvent or two or more types of solvent. When there are two or more types of solvent, the combination and ratio of the solvents can be arbitrarily selected.

黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)之溶媒的含量沒有特別限定,只要適當調節即可。The content of the solvent in the adhesive composition (I-1) to the adhesive composition (I-4) is not particularly limited and can be appropriately adjusted.

○黏著劑組成物的製造方法 黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-4)等之黏著劑組成物,可藉由調配前述黏著劑、及視需要之前述黏著劑以外的成分等用以構成黏著劑組成物之各成分而獲得。 黏著劑組成物例如除了在調配成分的種類不同這一點以外,可利用與先前說明之保護膜形成用組成物的情況相同的方法來製造。 ○Manufacturing method of adhesive composition Adhesive compositions such as adhesive composition (I-1) to adhesive composition (I-4) can be used to form an adhesive by formulating the aforementioned adhesive and, if necessary, components other than the aforementioned adhesive. Obtained from each component of the composition. The adhesive composition can be produced by the same method as in the case of the protective film forming composition described above, except that the types of ingredients are different.

◇保護膜形成用複合片的製造方法 前述保護膜形成用複合片能夠藉由將上述的各層以成為對應的位置關係之方式進行積層,並視需要而調節一部份或全部層的形狀來製造。各層的形成方法如同先前所說明。 ◇ Manufacturing method of composite sheet for forming protective film The composite sheet for forming protective film can be manufactured by laminating the above-mentioned layers in a corresponding positional relationship and adjusting the shape of part or all of the layers as needed. The method of forming each layer is as described above.

例如,當製造支撐片時,於基材上積層黏著劑層的情況,在基材上塗覆上述之黏著劑組成物並視需要使之乾燥即可。 又,在剝離膜上塗覆黏著劑組成物並視需要使之乾燥,藉此預先在剝離膜上形成黏著劑層,使此黏著劑層的露出面與基材之一側的表面貼合之方法,以此方法亦能夠於基材上積層黏著劑層。此時,黏著劑組成物較佳為塗覆於剝離膜的剝離處理面。 至此,雖然是舉出於基材上積層黏著劑層的情況為例,但上述的方法亦能夠應用在例如於基材上積層黏著劑層以外的其他層的情況。 For example, when manufacturing a support sheet, when an adhesive layer is laminated on a base material, the above-mentioned adhesive composition can be coated on the base material and allowed to dry if necessary. Also, a method of coating an adhesive composition on a release film and drying it if necessary, thereby forming an adhesive layer on the release film in advance, and bonding the exposed surface of the adhesive layer to the surface of one side of the base material , this method can also laminate an adhesive layer on the substrate. At this time, the adhesive composition is preferably applied to the release-treated surface of the release film. Up to now, although the case where the adhesive layer is laminated on the base material has been taken as an example, the above method can also be applied to the case where other layers other than the adhesive layer are laminated on the base material.

另一方面,例如於已積層於基材上的黏著劑層之上,進而積層保護膜形成膜的情況,可於黏著劑層上塗覆保護膜形成用組成物而直接形成保護膜形成膜。保護膜形成膜以外的層亦能夠使用用以形成該層之組成物,並利用相同的方法於黏著劑層之上積層該層。如此一來,於已積層於基材上之任一層(以下,簡稱為「第1層」)上形成新的層(以下,簡稱為「第2層」),而形成連續的2層之積層結構(換言之,第1層及第2層之積層結構)的情況,能夠應用於前述第1層上塗覆用以形成前述第2層之組成物並視需要使之乾燥之方法。 不過,較佳為藉由下述方式形成連續的2層之積層結構:使用用以形成第2層之組成物,於剝離膜上預先形成第2層,將該已形成完畢的第2層之與前述剝離膜接觸之側為相反側的露出面來與第1層的露出面貼合。此時,前述組成物較佳為塗覆於剝離膜的剝離處理面。剝離膜於形成積層結構後,視需要移除即可。 此處,雖然是舉出了於黏著劑層上積層保護膜形成膜的情況為例,但例如於黏著劑層上積層保護膜形成膜以外的層(膜)的情況等,成為對象之積層結構係能夠任意地選擇。 On the other hand, when a protective film forming film is further formed on an adhesive layer already formed on a substrate, for example, a protective film forming film can be directly formed by coating the protective film forming composition on the adhesive layer. Layers other than the protective film forming film can also be formed by using the composition for forming the layer and by forming the layer on the adhesive layer in the same manner. In this way, when a new layer (hereinafter referred to as "the second layer") is formed on any layer (hereinafter referred to as "the first layer") already deposited on a substrate to form a continuous two-layered structure (in other words, a first layer and a second layered structure), the method of coating the composition for forming the second layer on the first layer and drying it as needed can be applied. However, it is preferred to form a continuous two-layer laminated structure by the following method: using a composition for forming the second layer, pre-forming the second layer on the release film, and attaching the exposed surface of the second layer that is opposite to the side in contact with the release film to the exposed surface of the first layer. At this time, the composition is preferably coated on the release-treated surface of the release film. After the release film forms the laminated structure, the release film can be removed as needed. Here, although the case where a protective film is laminated on an adhesive layer is taken as an example, the laminated structure to be targeted can be arbitrarily selected, such as the case where a layer (film) other than a protective film is laminated on an adhesive layer.

如此一來,構成保護膜形成用複合片之基材以外的層皆能夠利用預先形成於剝離膜上,再貼合於目標之層的表面之方法來積層,因此視需要適當選擇採用此種步驟之層來製造保護膜形成用複合片即可。In this way, all layers other than the substrate constituting the composite sheet for forming a protective film can be laminated by pre-forming them on a release film and then laminating them on the surface of the target layer. Therefore, the layers using this step can be appropriately selected as needed to manufacture the composite sheet for forming a protective film.

另外,保護膜形成用複合片通常係以於該保護膜形成用複合片之與支撐片為相反側的最表層(例如,保護膜形成膜)的表面貼合有剝離膜之狀態來保存。因此,可藉由下述方式來獲得附剝離膜之保護膜形成用複合片:於該剝離膜(較佳為該剝離膜的剝離處理面)上,塗覆保護膜形成用組成物等用以形成構成最表層之層的組成物並視需要使之乾燥,藉此於剝離膜上預先形成構成最表層之層,利用上述任一種方法於該層之與剝離膜接觸之側為相反側的露出面上積層剩餘的各層,不移除剝離膜而保持貼合狀態不變。Furthermore, the composite sheet for forming a protective film is usually stored in a state where a release film is bonded to the surface of the outermost layer (for example, the protective film-forming film) of the composite sheet for forming a protective film on the opposite side to the supporting sheet. Therefore, a composite sheet for forming a protective film with a peel film can be obtained in the following manner: a composition for forming a protective film or the like is applied on the peel film (preferably the peeling-treated surface of the peel film) to form a layer constituting the outermost layer and dried as needed, thereby forming a layer constituting the outermost layer on the peel film in advance, and the remaining layers are laminated on the exposed surface of the layer opposite to the side in contact with the peel film by any of the above methods without removing the peel film and maintaining the bonding state unchanged.

前述保護膜形成用複合片亦可為單片狀 (sheet-like),較佳為輥狀。The composite sheet for forming a protective film may be in a sheet-like form, but is preferably in a roll-like form.

◇套件 本發明的一實施形態之套件,係具備:第一剝離膜、保護膜形成膜及第二剝離膜依序積層而成的第一積層體、以及用以支撐成為前述保護膜形成膜的貼附對象之工件及前述保護膜形成膜的支撐片;前述保護膜形成膜為上述之本發明的一實施形態之保護膜形成膜。 以下,一邊參照圖式一邊說明本實施形態的套件1之例。 ◇Kit A kit of an embodiment of the present invention comprises: a first laminated body formed by sequentially laminating a first release film, a protective film forming film and a second release film, and a support sheet for supporting a workpiece to which the protective film forming film is attached and the protective film forming film; the protective film forming film is the protective film forming film of an embodiment of the present invention described above. Below, an example of the kit 1 of the present embodiment is described with reference to the drawings.

圖6為示意地表示本實施形態之套件1之一例的的剖面圖。 本實施形態之套件1,係具備:第一剝離膜151、保護膜形成膜13及第二剝離膜152依序積層而成的第一積層體5、以及用以支撐成為保護膜形成膜13的貼附對象之工件及保護膜形成膜13的支撐片10;支撐片10為上述之本發明的實施形態之支撐片。 FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing an example of the kit 1 according to this embodiment. The kit 1 of this embodiment includes a first laminated body 5 in which a first release film 151, a protective film forming film 13, and a second release film 152 are laminated in this order, and a support for supporting the protective film forming film 13. The support sheet 10 of the film 13 is formed by attaching the workpiece and the protective film; the support sheet 10 is the support sheet of the above-mentioned embodiment of the present invention.

此處所示之保護膜形成膜13在其一側的面(本說明書中,有時稱為「第一面」)13a上具備有第一剝離膜151,並在與前述第一面13a為相反側的另一面(本說明書中,有時稱為「第二面」)13b上具備有第二剝離膜152。The protective film forming film 13 shown here has a first peeling film 151 on one side (sometimes referred to as the "first side" in this specification) 13a thereof, and has a second peeling film 152 on the other side (sometimes referred to as the "second side" in this specification) 13b which is opposite to the aforementioned first side 13a.

藉由使用具備有前述支撐片10及前述保護膜形成膜之套件1,並利用後述之附保護膜之晶片的製造方法,能夠製造附保護膜之晶片(具備有晶片、以及設置於前述晶片的內面之保護膜)。By using the kit 1 having the aforementioned support sheet 10 and the aforementioned protective film forming film, and utilizing the manufacturing method of a chip with a protective film described later, a chip with a protective film (having a chip and a protective film provided on the inner surface of the aforementioned chip) can be manufactured.

這樣的保護膜形成膜13例如適於以輥狀來儲存。亦即,前述第一積層體較佳為輥狀。Such protective film-forming film 13 is suitable for storage in a roll shape, for example. That is, the first laminated body is preferably in the shape of a roll.

保護膜形成膜13能夠使用上述之保護膜形成用組成物來形成。The protective film forming film 13 can be formed using the above protective film forming composition.

第一剝離膜151及第二剝離膜152皆可以是公知的剝離膜。 第一剝離膜151及第二剝離膜152可以互相相同亦可互相不同,前述互相不同例如自保護膜形成膜13剝離時所需要的剝離力互相不同等。 Both the first release film 151 and the second release film 152 may be known release films. The first peeling film 151 and the second peeling film 152 may be the same as each other or may be different from each other. For example, the peeling force required for peeling off the protective film forming film 13 may be different from each other.

關於圖6所示之保護膜形成膜13,第一剝離膜151及第二剝離膜152中的任一者被移除所產生的露出面會成為朝向工件(省略圖示)之內面的貼附面。然後,第一剝離膜151及第二剝離膜152之剩下的另一者被移除所產生的露出面會成為支撐片的貼附面。Regarding the protective film forming film 13 shown in Fig. 6, the exposed surface produced by removing any one of the first peeling film 151 and the second peeling film 152 becomes the attachment surface facing the inner surface of the workpiece (not shown). Then, the exposed surface produced by removing the other of the first peeling film 151 and the second peeling film 152 becomes the attachment surface of the support sheet.

圖6中,雖然是顯示剝離膜被設置在保護膜形成膜13的兩面(第一面13a、第二面13b)之例,但剝離膜亦可僅設置在保護膜形成膜13中任一側的面(亦即僅設置在第一面13a或僅設置在第二面13b)。In FIG. 6 , the release film is shown as an example in which the release film is provided on both sides (the first surface 13 a and the second surface 13 b ) of the protective film forming film 13 . However, the release film may be provided only on either side of the protective film forming film 13 . surface (that is, only provided on the first surface 13a or only provided on the second surface 13b).

本實施形態之套件1藉由併用保護膜形成膜13及支撐片10,能夠將保護膜形成膜對工件的貼附、及之後的支撐片的貼附一同在線內程序進行。此處,所謂「線內程序」係指「將進行1個或複數個步驟的裝置連結複數個(複數台)而成的裝置內、或在同一個裝置內進行的程序,包含複數個步驟以及聯繫該步驟與步驟之搬運,1個的步驟與下一個的步驟之間,將工件一片一片地搬運」之程序。The kit 1 of this embodiment can perform the attachment of the protective film forming film to the workpiece and the subsequent attachment of the support sheet together in an in-line process by using the protective film forming film 13 and the support sheet 10. Here, the so-called "in-line process" refers to "a process in which a device that performs one or more steps is connected to a plurality of devices (a plurality of stations), or is performed in the same device, including a plurality of steps and the transportation that connects the steps, and the workpieces are transported one by one between one step and the next step."

◇附保護膜之晶片的製造方法(保護膜形成膜、保護膜形成用複合片及套件之使用方法) 前述保護膜形成膜、保護膜形成用複合片及套件能夠用於製造前述附保護膜之晶片。 亦即,本實施形態之附保護膜之晶片的製造方法,係一種具備有晶片、設置於前述晶片的內面之保護膜的附保護膜之晶片的製造方法;係具有以下步驟:於晶圓的內面貼附上述之本發明的一實施形態之保護膜形成膜,藉此製作出前述保護膜形成膜及晶圓在這些層的厚度方向上積層而構成之第一積層膜,或是於晶圓的內面貼附上述之本發明的一實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片中的前述保護膜形成膜,藉此製作出前述支撐片、保護膜形成膜及晶圓依序在這些層的厚度方向上積層而構成之第一積層複合片之步驟(本說明書中,有時稱為「貼附步驟」);使前述第一積層膜中或第一積層複合片中的前述保護膜形成膜經過能量線硬化來形成前述保護膜,藉此製作出前述保護膜及晶圓在這些層的厚度方向上積層而構成之第二積層膜,或是製作出前述支撐片、保護膜及晶圓依序在這些層的厚度方向上積層而構成之第二積層複合片之步驟(本說明書中,有時稱為「硬化步驟」);在前述第二積層膜的前述保護膜側設置有切割片之狀態下,分割前述第二積層膜中的前述晶圓並切斷前述保護膜,藉此製作出複數個的前述附保護膜之晶片被固定在前述切割片上所構成之第三積層膜,或是分割前述第二積層複合片中的前述晶圓並切斷前述保護膜,藉此製作出複數個的前述附保護膜之晶片被固定在前述支撐片上所構成之第三積層複合片之步驟(本說明書中,有時稱為「分割步驟」);以及,藉由將前述第三積層膜中的前述附保護膜之晶片自前述切割片扯離,或是藉由將前述第三積層複合片中的前述附保護膜之晶片自前述支撐片扯離,來進行拾取之步驟(本說明書中,有時稱為「拾取步驟」)。 ◇ Method for manufacturing a chip with a protective film (method for using a protective film-forming film, a composite sheet for forming a protective film, and a kit) The aforementioned protective film-forming film, the composite sheet for forming a protective film, and the kit can be used to manufacture the aforementioned chip with a protective film. That is, the method for manufacturing a chip with a protective film of the present embodiment is a method for manufacturing a chip with a protective film having a chip and a protective film disposed on the inner surface of the aforementioned chip; the method comprises the following steps: attaching the aforementioned protective film-forming film of an embodiment of the present invention to the inner surface of a wafer, thereby manufacturing a first laminated film formed by laminating the aforementioned protective film-forming film and the wafer in the thickness direction of these layers, or attaching the aforementioned composite sheet for forming a protective film of an embodiment of the present invention to the inner surface of a wafer. The protective film-forming film in the sheet is formed to produce a first laminated composite sheet in which the supporting sheet, the protective film-forming film and the wafer are sequentially laminated in the thickness direction of these layers (sometimes referred to as "attachment step" in this specification); the protective film-forming film in the first laminated film or in the first laminated composite sheet is hardened by energy beams to form the protective film, thereby producing a second laminated film in which the protective film and the wafer are laminated in the thickness direction of these layers, or producing the A step of laminating a support sheet, a protective film and a wafer in sequence in the thickness direction of these layers to form a second laminated composite sheet (sometimes referred to as a "hardening step" in this specification); in a state where a cutting sheet is provided on the protective film side of the second laminated film, the wafer in the second laminated film is divided and the protective film is cut to produce a third laminated film in which a plurality of wafers with protective films are fixed on the cutting sheet, or the wafer in the second laminated composite sheet is divided. The protective film is cut to produce a third laminated sheet in which a plurality of chips with protective films are fixed on the support sheet (sometimes referred to as "splitting step" in this specification); and a step of picking up the chips with protective films in the third laminated sheet by pulling them off from the cutting sheet or by pulling them off from the support sheet (sometimes referred to as "picking up step" in this specification).

以下,一邊參照圖式,一邊針對下述兩種製造方法依序加以說明:對晶圓的內面貼附未構成保護膜形成用複合片之保護膜形成膜(亦即前述套件中的保護膜形成膜)的情況的附保護膜之晶片的製造方法(本說明書中,有時稱為「製造方法1」)、和對晶圓的內面貼附保護膜形成用複合片中的保護膜形成膜的情況的附保護膜之晶片的製造方法(本說明書中,有時稱為「製造方法2」)。Below, with reference to the drawings, the following two manufacturing methods are explained in sequence: a method for manufacturing a chip with a protective film in which a protective film-forming film that does not constitute a composite sheet for protective film formation (that is, the protective film-forming film in the aforementioned kit) is attached to the inner surface of a wafer (sometimes referred to as "manufacturing method 1" in this manual), and a method for manufacturing a chip with a protective film in which a protective film-forming film in a composite sheet for protective film formation is attached to the inner surface of a wafer (sometimes referred to as "manufacturing method 2" in this manual).

<<製造方法1>> 圖7為用以示意地說明製造方法1的剖面圖。此處是舉出使用圖1所示之保護膜形成膜13、更具體而言為使用圖6所示之套件的情況為例,針對製造方法1加以說明。 製造方法1的前述貼附步驟中,如圖7(a)所示,於晶圓9的內面9b貼附上述之保護膜形成膜13,藉此製作使保護膜形成膜13及晶圓9在這些層的厚度方向上積層而構成之第一積層膜601。在晶圓9的內面9b,貼附著保護膜形成膜13的第一面13a。在保護膜形成膜13的第二面13b,設置著第二剝離膜152。 此處,雖然是針對從圖1所示之保護膜形成膜13移除第一剝離膜151,將保護膜形成膜13的第一面13a貼附到晶圓9的內面9b的情況來表示,但亦可從圖1所示之保護膜形成膜13移除第二剝離膜152,將保護膜形成膜13的第二面13b貼附到晶圓9的內面9b。 <<Manufacturing method 1>> FIG. 7 is a cross-sectional view schematically illustrating manufacturing method 1. Here, the manufacturing method 1 is explained by taking the case of using the protective film forming film 13 shown in FIG. 1, more specifically, the case of using the kit shown in FIG. 6 as an example. In the aforementioned attachment step of manufacturing method 1, as shown in FIG. 7(a), the protective film forming film 13 is attached to the inner surface 9b of the wafer 9, thereby manufacturing a first laminated film 601 in which the protective film forming film 13 and the wafer 9 are laminated in the thickness direction of these layers. The first surface 13a of the protective film forming film 13 is attached to the inner surface 9b of the wafer 9. The second peeling film 152 is provided on the second surface 13b of the protective film forming film 13. Although the description here is for the case where the first peeling film 151 is removed from the protective film forming film 13 shown in FIG. 1 and the first surface 13a of the protective film forming film 13 is attached to the inner surface 9b of the wafer 9, the second peeling film 152 may be removed from the protective film forming film 13 shown in FIG. 1 and the second surface 13b of the protective film forming film 13 may be attached to the inner surface 9b of the wafer 9.

保護膜形成膜13貼附到晶圓9能夠以公知的方法來進行。例如,保護膜形成膜13亦可一邊加熱一邊貼附到晶圓9。The protective film forming film 13 can be attached to the wafer 9 by a known method. For example, the protective film forming film 13 may be attached to the wafer 9 while being heated.

其次,製造方法1的前述硬化步驟中,使第一積層膜601中的保護膜形成膜13經過能量線硬化來形成保護膜13’,如圖7(b)所示,藉此製作使保護膜13’及晶圓9在這些層的厚度方向上積層而構成之第二積層膜602。符號13a’係表示保護膜13’之中,曾是保護膜形成膜13的第一面13a之面(本說明書中,有時稱為「第一面」)。符號13b’係表示保護膜13’之中,曾是保護膜形成膜13的第二面13b之面(本說明書中,有時稱為「第二面」)。Next, in the aforementioned hardening step of the manufacturing method 1, the protective film forming film 13 in the first laminated film 601 is hardened by energy rays to form a protective film 13', as shown in FIG7(b), thereby manufacturing a second laminated film 602 constituted by laminating the protective film 13' and the wafer 9 in the thickness direction of these layers. The symbol 13a' indicates the surface of the protective film 13' that was once the first surface 13a of the protective film forming film 13 (sometimes referred to as the "first surface" in this specification). The symbol 13b' indicates the surface of the protective film 13' that was once the second surface 13b of the protective film forming film 13 (sometimes referred to as the "second surface" in this specification).

在前述硬化步驟中,從第一積層膜601的保護膜形成膜13側的外部,隔著第二剝離膜152(穿透第二剝離膜152)對保護膜形成膜13照射能量線,藉此形成保護膜13’。 亦可在前述硬化步驟中,從第一積層膜601中的保護膜形成膜13移除第二剝離膜152,使保護膜形成膜13的第二面13b露出之後,對保護膜形成膜13照射能量線,藉此形成保護膜13’。 In the aforementioned hardening step, the protective film forming film 13 of the first laminate film 601 is irradiated with energy rays from the outside through the second release film 152 (penetrating the second release film 152) to form the protective film 13'. In the aforementioned hardening step, the second release film 152 is removed from the protective film forming film 13 in the first laminate film 601 to expose the second surface 13b of the protective film forming film 13, and then the protective film forming film 13 is irradiated with energy rays to form the protective film 13'.

前述硬化步驟中之能量線的照射條件如同先前所說明。The energy ray irradiation conditions in the aforementioned hardening step are as described previously.

亦可隔著第二剝離膜152(穿透第二剝離膜152)對圖7(a)所示之保護膜形成膜13照射雷射來進行雷射標記,或是亦可隔著第二剝離膜152(穿透第二剝離膜152)對圖7(b)所示之保護膜13’照射雷射來進行雷射標記。The protective film forming film 13 shown in FIG. 7(a) may be irradiated with laser through the second peeling film 152 (penetrating the second peeling film 152), or the laser marking may be performed through the second peeling film 152. The film 152 (penetrating the second release film 152) irradiates the protective film 13' shown in FIG. 7(b) with laser to perform laser marking.

繼而,在製造方法1的前述分割步驟中,首先從第二積層膜602中的保護膜13’移除第二剝離膜152。然後,在藉此而新露出之保護膜13’的第二面13b’,如圖7(c)所示,貼附切割片8之一側的面(本說明書中,有時稱為「第一面」)8a。 此處所示之切割片8係具備有基材81、設置於基材81之一側的面81a上之黏著劑層82而構成,切割片8中的黏著劑層82貼附於保護膜13’。黏著劑層82的保護膜13’側之面(本說明書中,有時稱為「第一面」)82a係與切割片8的第一面8a相同。 Next, in the aforementioned splitting step of the manufacturing method 1, the second peeling film 152 is first removed from the protective film 13' in the second laminate film 602. Then, the surface of one side of the cutting sheet 8 (sometimes referred to as the "first surface" in this specification) 8a is attached to the second surface 13b' of the protective film 13' newly exposed thereby, as shown in FIG. 7(c). The cutting sheet 8 shown here is composed of a substrate 81 and an adhesive layer 82 disposed on a surface 81a on one side of the substrate 81, and the adhesive layer 82 in the cutting sheet 8 is attached to the protective film 13'. The surface of the adhesive layer 82 on the protective film 13' side (sometimes referred to as the "first surface" in this specification) 82a is the same as the first surface 8a of the cutting sheet 8.

切割片8亦可為公知的切割片。例如,基材81亦可為與上述之保護膜形成用複合片中的基材相同的基材,黏著劑層82亦可為與上述之保護膜形成用複合片中的黏著劑層相同的黏著劑層。亦即,切割片8能夠取代為支撐片10。The cutting blade 8 may also be a known cutting blade. For example, the base material 81 may be the same as the base material in the composite sheet for protective film formation, and the adhesive layer 82 may be the same adhesive layer as the adhesive layer in the composite sheet for protective film formation. agent layer. That is, the cutting piece 8 can be replaced by the supporting piece 10 .

此處,雖然是針對使用具備有基材81與黏著劑層82之切割片8的情況來表示,但在前述分割步驟中,亦可使用除了該切割片8以外的切割片、例如僅由基材所構成之切割片來作為切割片。Here, although the case where the dicing sheet 8 having the base material 81 and the adhesive layer 82 is used is shown, in the aforementioned dividing step, a dicing sheet other than the dicing sheet 8 may also be used, for example, only the base material 81 may be used. A cutting piece made of raw materials is used as a cutting piece.

其次,在前述分割步驟中,如圖7(d)所示,以在第二積層膜602的保護膜13’側設置著切割片8的狀態,分割第二積層膜602中的晶圓9並切斷保護膜13’。晶圓9係藉由分割而單片化,成為複數個的晶片90。Next, in the aforementioned dividing step, as shown in FIG7(d), the wafer 9 in the second laminate film 602 is divided and the protective film 13' is cut off with the dicing blade 8 being placed on the side of the protective film 13' of the second laminate film 602. The wafer 9 is singulated by dividing into a plurality of chips 90.

晶圓9的分割與保護膜13’的切斷以公知的方法進行即可。例如,能夠藉由刀片切割、利用雷射照射之雷射切割、或利用包含研磨劑之水之噴附之水切割等各切割,連續地進行晶圓9的分割與保護膜13’的切斷。 保護膜13’無論其切斷方法,為沿著晶片90的外圍來切斷。 The division of the wafer 9 and the cutting of the protective film 13' may be performed by known methods. For example, the division of the wafer 9 and the cutting of the protective film 13' can be performed continuously by cutting using blade cutting, laser cutting using laser irradiation, or water cutting using spraying of water containing abrasive. . Regardless of the cutting method, the protective film 13' is cut along the periphery of the wafer 90.

以此方式,分割晶圓9並切斷保護膜13’,藉此獲得具備有晶片90、設置於晶片90的內面90b之切斷後的保護膜(本說明書中,有時僅稱為「保護膜」)130’之複數個的附保護膜之晶片901。符號130b’係表示切斷後的保護膜130’之中,曾是保護膜13’的第二面13b’之面(本說明書中,有時稱為「第二面」)。In this way, the wafer 9 is divided and the protective film 13' is cut, thereby obtaining a plurality of chips 901 with protective films, which have a chip 90 and a protective film (sometimes simply referred to as a "protective film") 130' disposed on the inner surface 90b of the chip 90 after the cut. The symbol 130b' indicates a surface of the protective film 130' after the cut that was once the second surface 13b' of the protective film 13' (sometimes referred to as the "second surface" in this specification).

製造方法1的前述分割步驟中,藉由以上方式,製作這些複數個的附保護膜之晶片901被固定在切割片8上而構成之第三積層膜603。In the aforementioned dividing step of the manufacturing method 1, the plurality of chips 901 with protective films are fixed on the dicing sheet 8 to form the third laminate film 603 in the above manner.

其次,在製造方法1的前述拾取步驟中,如圖7(e)所示,藉由將第三積層膜603中的附保護膜之晶片901從切割片8扯離而拾取。 前述拾取步驟中,在附保護膜之晶片901中的保護膜130’的第二面130b’、與切割片8中的黏著劑層82的第一面82a之間產生剝離。 Next, in the aforementioned picking-up step of the manufacturing method 1, as shown in FIG. 7(e), the chip 901 with the protective film in the third laminate film 603 is picked up by pulling it off from the dicing sheet 8. In the aforementioned picking-up step, peeling occurs between the second surface 130b' of the protective film 130' in the chip 901 with the protective film and the first surface 82a of the adhesive layer 82 in the dicing sheet 8.

此處,表示著使用真空筒夾等的扯離手段7,將附保護膜之晶片901往箭頭P方向扯離的情況。另外,此處省略顯示扯離手段7的剖面。 附保護膜之晶片901能夠以公知的方法來拾取。 Here, it is shown that the wafer 901 with the protective film is separated in the direction of arrow P using a separation means 7 such as a vacuum collet. In addition, the cross section of the separation means 7 is omitted here. The wafer 901 with the protective film can be picked up by a known method.

當黏著劑層82為能量線硬化性的情況,較佳為在前述拾取步驟中,藉由對黏著劑層82照射能量線,使黏著劑層82硬化而形成硬化物(省略圖示)之後,將附保護膜之晶片901從切割片8扯離。這種情況,在前述拾取步驟中,是在附保護膜之晶片901中的保護膜130’與切割片8中的黏著劑層82的硬化物之間產生剝離。 這種情況,由於黏著劑層82的硬化物與硬化前相比變得不易變形,故能夠更易於拾取附保護膜之晶片901。 When the adhesive layer 82 is energy ray hardenable, it is preferable that in the aforementioned pick-up step, the adhesive layer 82 is irradiated with energy rays to harden the adhesive layer 82 to form a hardened product (not shown), Pull the wafer 901 with the protective film away from the dicing piece 8 . In this case, peeling occurs between the protective film 130' in the protective film-attached wafer 901 and the hardened material of the adhesive layer 82 in the dicing blade 8 during the aforementioned pickup step. In this case, since the cured product of the adhesive layer 82 is less likely to deform than before curing, the wafer 901 with the protective film can be picked up more easily.

前述拾取步驟中,能量線對黏著劑層82的照射條件亦可與例如前述硬化步驟中,能量線對保護膜形成膜13的照射條件相同。In the aforementioned picking-up step, the irradiation conditions of the energy beam to the adhesive layer 82 may be the same as, for example, the irradiation conditions of the energy beam to the protective film forming film 13 in the aforementioned hardening step.

本說明書中,即使能量線硬化性黏著劑層在能量線硬化之後,只要還維持著基材、能量線硬化性黏著劑層的硬化物之積層結構,就將此積層結構體稱為「切割片」。In this specification, even after the energy ray curing adhesive layer is energy ray cured, as long as the laminated structure of the substrate and the cured product of the energy ray curing adhesive layer is maintained, the laminated structure is referred to as a "cutting sheet".

另一方面,當黏著劑層82為非能量線硬化性的情況,直接從黏著劑層82將附保護膜之晶片901扯離即可,由於不需黏著劑層82的硬化,故能夠以精簡化的步驟來拾取附保護膜之晶片901。 即使黏著劑層82為能量線硬化性,藉由不使黏著劑層82硬化來拾取附保護膜之晶片901,而能夠以精簡化的步驟來拾取附保護膜之晶片901。 On the other hand, when the adhesive layer 82 is non-energy ray-curable, the chip 901 with the protective film can be directly pulled off from the adhesive layer 82. Since the adhesive layer 82 does not need to be cured, the chip 901 with the protective film can be picked up in a simplified step. Even if the adhesive layer 82 is energy ray-curable, the chip 901 with the protective film can be picked up without curing the adhesive layer 82, and the chip 901 with the protective film can be picked up in a simplified step.

在前述拾取步驟中,是對目標之全部的附保護膜之晶片901進行這種附保護膜之晶片901的拾取。In the aforementioned picking step, all the target chips 901 with protective films are picked up.

在製造方法1中,藉由進行到前述拾取步驟為止,獲得目標之附保護膜之晶片901。In the manufacturing method 1, by performing the above-mentioned picking-up step, the target chip 901 with a protective film is obtained.

在習知的能量線硬化性之保護膜形成膜,藉由隔著剝離膜對保護膜形成膜照射能量線,若保護膜形成膜過度硬化,則保護膜與矽晶圓的密合性會降低,保護膜變得易於剝落,而有在之後的半導體裝置的製造上發生問題之虞。 在製造方法1中,由於使用著上述之本發明的一實施形態之保護膜形成膜,故於保護膜形成膜的能量線硬化時,將保護膜形成膜的硬化之程度設為合適的範圍,藉此提升保護膜與矽晶圓的密合性,能夠抑制保護膜的剝落。 In conventional energy-ray curable protective film-forming films, the protective film-forming film is irradiated with energy rays through a release film. If the protective film-forming film is excessively hardened, the adhesion between the protective film and the silicon wafer will be reduced. , the protective film becomes easy to peel off, which may cause problems in subsequent manufacturing of semiconductor devices. In the manufacturing method 1, since the above-described protective film-forming film according to one embodiment of the present invention is used, when the protective film-forming film is cured by energy rays, the degree of curing of the protective film-forming film is set to an appropriate range. This improves the adhesion between the protective film and the silicon wafer and prevents the protective film from peeling off.

<<製造方法2>> 圖8為用以示意地說明製造方法2的剖面圖。此處是舉出使用圖2所示之保護膜形成用複合片101的情況為例,針對製造方法2加以說明。製造方法2的前述貼附步驟中,如圖8(a)所示,於晶圓9的內面9b貼附保護膜形成用複合片101中的保護膜形成膜13,藉此製作使支撐片10、保護膜形成膜13及晶圓9依序在這些層的厚度方向上積層而構成之第一積層複合片501。這種情況亦與製造方法1的情況相同,在晶圓9的內面9b貼附著保護膜形成用複合片101中的保護膜形成膜13的第一面13a。 <<Manufacturing method 2>> FIG. 8 is a cross-sectional view schematically explaining the manufacturing method 2. Here, the case where the protective film forming composite sheet 101 shown in FIG. 2 is used is taken as an example, and the manufacturing method 2 is demonstrated. In the aforementioned attaching step of the manufacturing method 2, as shown in FIG. 8(a) , the protective film forming film 13 in the protective film forming composite sheet 101 is attached to the inner surface 9b of the wafer 9, thereby producing a supporting sheet. 10. The protective film forming film 13 and the wafer 9 are sequentially laminated in the thickness direction of these layers to form the first laminated composite sheet 501. In this case, the first surface 13 a of the protective film forming film 13 in the protective film forming composite sheet 101 is attached to the inner surface 9 b of the wafer 9 in the same manner as in the manufacturing method 1.

保護膜形成用複合片101中的保護膜形成膜13貼附到晶圓9能夠以公知的方法來進行。例如,保護膜形成膜13亦可一邊加熱一邊貼附到晶圓9。The protective film forming film 13 in the protective film forming composite sheet 101 can be attached to the wafer 9 by a known method. For example, the protective film forming film 13 can be attached to the wafer 9 while being heated.

其次,製造方法2的前述硬化步驟中,使第一積層複合片501中的保護膜形成膜13經過能量線硬化來形成保護膜13’,如圖8(b)所示,藉此製作使支撐片10、保護膜13’及晶圓9依序在這些層的厚度方向上積層而構成之第二積層複合片502。Next, in the aforementioned hardening step of the manufacturing method 2, the protective film-forming film 13 in the first laminated composite sheet 501 is subjected to energy ray hardening to form a protective film 13', as shown in FIG. 8(b), whereby the support is produced. The sheet 10, the protective film 13' and the wafer 9 are sequentially laminated in the thickness direction of these layers to form a second laminated composite sheet 502.

在前述硬化步驟中,從第一積層複合片501的支撐片10側的外部,隔著支撐片10(穿透支撐片10)對保護膜形成膜13照射能量線,藉此形成保護膜13’。In the aforementioned hardening step, energy rays are irradiated to the protective film forming film 13 from the outside of the supporting sheet 10 side of the first laminate composite sheet 501 through the supporting sheet 10 (penetrating the supporting sheet 10), thereby forming a protective film 13'.

前述硬化步驟除了使用第一積層複合片501來取代第一積層膜601這點,能夠以與製造方法1中的硬化步驟的情況相同的方法來進行。The aforementioned hardening step can be performed in the same manner as the hardening step in the manufacturing method 1 except that the first laminated composite sheet 501 is used instead of the first laminated film 601 .

在前述硬化步驟所獲得之第二積層複合片502係具有與在製造方法1的分割步驟中之第二積層膜602與切割片8之積層物相同的構成。當切割片8係與支撐片10相同的情況,第二積層複合片502係與前述積層物相同。The second laminated composite sheet 502 obtained in the aforementioned hardening step has the same structure as the laminated material of the second laminated film 602 and the cut sheet 8 in the segmentation step of the manufacturing method 1. When the cut sheet 8 is the same as the supporting sheet 10, the second laminated composite sheet 502 is the same as the aforementioned laminated material.

其次,在製造方法2的前述分割步驟中,如圖8(c)所示,分割第二積層複合片502中的晶圓9並切斷保護膜13’。晶圓9係藉由分割而單片化,成為複數個的晶片90。Next, in the aforementioned dividing step of the manufacturing method 2, as shown in Fig. 8(c) , the wafer 9 in the second laminated composite sheet 502 is divided and the protective film 13' is cut. The wafer 9 is divided into individual pieces and becomes a plurality of wafers 90 .

前述分割步驟除了使用第二積層複合片502來取代第二積層膜602與切割片8之積層物這一點,能夠以與製造方法1中的分割步驟的情況相同的方法來進行。 即使在製造方法2中,保護膜13’無論其切斷方法,亦為沿著晶片90的外圍來切斷。 The aforementioned dividing step can be performed in the same manner as the dividing step in the manufacturing method 1 except that the second laminated composite sheet 502 is used instead of the laminate of the second laminated film 602 and the dicing sheet 8 . Even in the manufacturing method 2, the protective film 13' is cut along the periphery of the wafer 90 regardless of the cutting method.

以此方式,分割晶圓9並切斷保護膜13’,藉此獲得具備有晶片90、設置於晶片90的內面90b之切斷後的保護膜130’之複數個的附保護膜之晶片901。 在製造方法2中的前述分割步驟所獲得之這些附保護膜之晶片901,與在製造方法1中的分割步驟所獲得之附保護膜之晶片901相同。 In this way, the wafer 9 is divided and the protective film 13' is cut off, thereby obtaining a plurality of chips 901 with protective films having a chip 90 and a protective film 130' provided on the inner surface 90b of the chip 90 after the cut. These chips 901 with protective films obtained by the aforementioned dividing step in the manufacturing method 2 are the same as the chips 901 with protective films obtained by the dividing step in the manufacturing method 1.

亦可隔著支撐片10(穿透支撐片10)對圖8(a)所示之保護膜形成膜13照射雷射來進行雷射標記,或是亦可隔著支撐片10(穿透支撐片10)對圖8(b)所示之保護膜13’照射雷射來進行雷射標記。The protective film forming film 13 shown in FIG. 8(a) can also be irradiated with a laser through the support sheet 10 (penetrating the support sheet 10), or laser marking can be performed via the support sheet 10 (penetrating the support sheet 10). Sheet 10) irradiates the protective film 13' shown in Figure 8(b) with laser to perform laser marking.

製造方法2的前述分割步驟中,藉由以上方式,製作這些複數個的附保護膜之晶片901被固定在支撐片10上而構成之第三積層複合片503。 第三積層複合片503係具有與在製造方法1的分割步驟所獲得之第三積層膜603相同的構成。在切割片8係與支撐片10相同的情況,第三積層複合片503係與第三積層膜603相同。 In the aforementioned splitting step of manufacturing method 2, the plurality of chips 901 with protective films are fixed on the support sheet 10 to form a third laminated composite sheet 503 in the above manner. The third laminated composite sheet 503 has the same structure as the third laminated film 603 obtained in the splitting step of manufacturing method 1. In the case where the cutting sheet 8 is the same as the support sheet 10, the third laminated composite sheet 503 is the same as the third laminated film 603.

其次,在製造方法2的前述拾取步驟中,如圖8(d)所示,藉由將第三積層複合片503中的附保護膜之晶片901從支撐片10扯離而拾取。 在前述拾取步驟中,在附保護膜之晶片901中的保護膜130’的第二面130b’與支撐片10中的黏著劑層12的第一面12a之間產生剝離。 Next, in the aforementioned pickup step of the manufacturing method 2, as shown in FIG. 8(d) , the wafer 901 with the protective film in the third laminated composite sheet 503 is pulled away from the support sheet 10 and picked up. In the aforementioned pickup step, peeling occurs between the second surface 130b' of the protective film 130' in the wafer 901 with the protective film and the first surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12 in the support sheet 10.

前述拾取步驟除了使用第三積層複合片503來取代第三積層膜603這一點,能夠以與製造方法1中的拾取步驟的情況相同的方法來進行。The aforementioned picking-up step can be performed in the same manner as the picking-up step in the manufacturing method 1, except that the third laminated composite sheet 503 is used instead of the third laminated film 603.

例如,當黏著劑層12為能量線硬化性的情況,較佳為在前述拾取步驟中,藉由對黏著劑層12照射能量線,使黏著劑層12硬化而形成硬化物(省略圖示)之後,將附保護膜之晶片901從支撐片10扯離。這種情況,在前述拾取步驟中,是在附保護膜之晶片901中的保護膜130’與支撐片10中的黏著劑層12的硬化物之間產生剝離。 這種情況,由於黏著劑層12的硬化物與保護膜130’之間的黏著力小於黏著劑層12與保護膜130’之間的黏著力,故能夠更易於拾取附保護膜之晶片901。 For example, when the adhesive layer 12 is energy ray hardenable, it is preferable to harden the adhesive layer 12 by irradiating energy rays to the adhesive layer 12 in the aforementioned pick-up step (illustration omitted). After that, the chip 901 with the protective film is pulled away from the support sheet 10 . In this case, peeling occurs between the protective film 130' in the wafer 901 with a protective film and the hardened material of the adhesive layer 12 in the support sheet 10 during the aforementioned pickup step. In this case, since the adhesive force between the hardened material of the adhesive layer 12 and the protective film 130' is smaller than the adhesive force between the adhesive layer 12 and the protective film 130', it is easier to pick up the wafer 901 with the protective film.

另一方面,當黏著劑層12為非能量線硬化性的情況,直接從黏著劑層12將附保護膜之晶片901扯離即可,由於不需黏著劑層12的硬化,故能夠以精簡化的步驟來拾取附保護膜之晶片901。 即使黏著劑層12為能量線硬化性,藉由不使黏著劑層12硬化來拾取附保護膜之晶片901,而能夠以精簡化的步驟來拾取附保護膜之晶片901。 On the other hand, when the adhesive layer 12 is non-energy ray-curable, the chip 901 with the protective film can be directly pulled off from the adhesive layer 12. Since the adhesive layer 12 does not need to be cured, the chip 901 with the protective film can be picked up in a simplified step. Even if the adhesive layer 12 is energy ray-curable, the chip 901 with the protective film can be picked up without curing the adhesive layer 12, and the chip 901 with the protective film can be picked up in a simplified step.

在製造方法2中,藉由進行到前述拾取步驟為止,可獲得目標之附保護膜之晶片901。在製造方法2所獲得之附保護膜之晶片901係與在製造方法1所獲得之附保護膜之晶片901相同。In the manufacturing method 2, by performing the above-mentioned picking-up step, the target chip 901 with a protective film can be obtained. The chip 901 with a protective film obtained in the manufacturing method 2 is the same as the chip 901 with a protective film obtained in the manufacturing method 1.

在習知的具備有能量線硬化性之保護膜形成膜的保護膜形成用複合片,藉由隔著支撐片10對保護膜形成膜照射能量線,若保護膜形成膜過度硬化,則保護膜與矽晶圓的密合性會降低,保護膜變得易於剝落,而有在之後的半導體裝置的製造上發生問題之虞。 在製造方法2中,由於使用著上述之具備有本發明的一實施形態之保護膜形成膜的上述之保護膜形成用複合片,故於保護膜形成膜的能量線硬化時,將保護膜形成膜的硬化之程度設為合適的範圍,藉此提升保護膜與矽晶圓的密合性,能夠抑制保護膜的剝落。 In a conventional composite sheet for protective film formation having a protective film-forming film having energy ray curability, the protective film-forming film is irradiated with energy rays through the support sheet 10. If the protective film-forming film is excessively hardened, the protective film will be The adhesion to the silicon wafer will be reduced, and the protective film will be easily peeled off, which may cause problems in the subsequent manufacturing of semiconductor devices. In the manufacturing method 2, since the above-mentioned protective film-forming composite sheet having the protective film-forming film according to an embodiment of the present invention is used, the protective film is formed when the energy ray of the protective film-forming film is cured. The degree of hardening of the film is set to an appropriate range, thereby improving the adhesion between the protective film and the silicon wafer and preventing the protective film from peeling off.

至此雖然是針對使用了圖2所示之保護膜形成用複合片101的情況的製造方法2加以說明,但製造方法2中,亦可使用圖3至圖5所示之保護膜形成用複合片102、保護膜形成用複合片103或保護膜形成用複合片104等保護膜形成用複合片101以外的本實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片。So far, the manufacturing method 2 in which the protective film-forming composite sheet 101 shown in FIG. 2 is used has been described. However, in the manufacturing method 2, the protective film-forming composite sheet shown in FIGS. 3 to 5 may also be used. 102. The protective film forming composite sheet of this embodiment other than the protective film forming composite sheet 101 such as the protective film forming composite sheet 103 or the protective film forming composite sheet 104.

◇基板裝置的製造方法(附保護膜之晶片之使用方法) 藉由上述的製造方法而獲得附保護膜之晶片後,除了使用該附保護膜之晶片來取代習知的附保護膜之晶片這一點以外,能夠利用與習知的面朝下方式之基板裝置的製造方法相同的方法來製造基板裝置。 ◇Manufacturing method of substrate device (how to use chips with protective film) After the wafer with a protective film is obtained by the above-mentioned manufacturing method, in addition to using the wafer with a protective film instead of the conventional wafer with a protective film, a conventional face-down substrate device can be used. The manufacturing method is the same as that used to manufacture the substrate device.

例如,可舉出下述之基板裝置的製造方法:經過回流步驟(使用搭載了鹵素加熱器的回流爐,將搭載了使用前述保護膜形成膜而獲得之附保護膜之晶片的電路基板進行加熱,藉此使附保護膜之晶片上的突狀電極熔解),鞏固突狀電極與電路基板上的連接墊之電性連接。For example, the following method for manufacturing a substrate device can be cited: after a reflow step (using a reflow furnace equipped with a halogen heater to heat a circuit substrate equipped with a chip with a protective film obtained by forming a film using the above-mentioned protective film, thereby melting the protruding electrode on the chip with the protective film), the electrical connection between the protruding electrode and the connecting pad on the circuit substrate is consolidated.

本實施形態之基板裝置,藉由使用具備有上述之保護膜形成膜的上述之套件或上述之保護膜形成用複合片,近紅外線的遮蔽性優異。The substrate device of this embodiment has excellent near-infrared shielding properties by using the above-mentioned kit having the above-mentioned protective film forming film or the above-mentioned composite sheet for protective film formation.

◇保護膜形成膜之用途 本發明的一實施形態之保護膜形成膜之用途,係用以在半導體晶圓或半導體晶片之與電路面為相反側之面(亦即內面)形成保護膜,前述保護膜形成膜為上述之本發明的一實施形態之保護膜形成膜。 本實施形態之保護膜形成膜之用途,藉由具備前述保護膜形成膜,當使保護膜形成膜進行能量線硬化時,將保護膜形成膜的硬化之程度設為合適的範圍,藉此提升保護膜與矽晶圓的密合性,保護膜的剝落得到抑制。 ◇Purpose of protective film forming film The purpose of the protective film forming film of one embodiment of the present invention is to form a protective film on the surface (i.e., the inner surface) of a semiconductor wafer or a semiconductor chip that is opposite to the surface of the electric path. The aforementioned protective film forming film is the protective film forming film of one embodiment of the present invention mentioned above. The purpose of the protective film forming film of this embodiment is to set the degree of curing of the protective film forming film to an appropriate range when the protective film forming film is hardened by energy rays, thereby improving the adhesion between the protective film and the silicon wafer, and suppressing the peeling of the protective film.

本發明的保護膜形成膜之用途具有以下的態樣。 <11> 一種保護膜形成膜之用途,係用以在半導體晶圓或半導體晶片之與電路面為相反側之面形成保護膜;前述保護膜形成膜為能量線硬化性的保護膜形成膜;前述保護膜形成膜之波長1300nm的近紅外線穿透率為10%以下;前述保護膜形成膜之以下述硬化率比的測定方法所測定的硬化率比為1.02以上至未達100。 The use of the protective film forming film of the present invention has the following aspects. <11> A use of the protective film forming film is to form a protective film on the surface of a semiconductor wafer or a semiconductor chip opposite to the surface of the electric path; the protective film forming film is an energy-ray-curable protective film forming film; the near-infrared transmittance of the protective film forming film at a wavelength of 1300nm is less than 10%; the curing rate ratio of the protective film forming film measured by the following curing rate ratio measurement method is greater than 1.02 and less than 100.

<硬化率比的測定方法> 針對前述保護膜形成膜,以照度220mW/cm 2、光量100mJ/cm 2的條件,從一側的面照射紫外線,製作紫外線照射後的保護膜形成膜(100)。 使用傅立葉轉換紅外分光分析裝置,針對紫外線照射前後的保護膜形成膜(100)之中與經紫外線照射之面為相反側之面(內面),以入射角45°、鑽石ATR法,進行FT-IR測定。將波數790cm -1附近之波峰的波峰強度標準化成1.5Abs並修正光譜的偏差後,將紫外線照射前後的保護膜形成膜(100)的內面之中,波數810cm -1附近之波峰的波峰強度的變化藉由下述式(1)來算出,將此作為保護膜形成膜的內面於100mJ/cm 2之中的硬化率。 其次,除了以照度220mW/cm 2、光量500mJ/cm 2的條件照射了紫外線以外,與上述同樣地製作紫外線照射後的保護膜形成膜(500)。針對紫外線照射前後的保護膜形成膜(500)之中與經紫外線照射之面為相反側之面(內面),以與上述相同的條件下,進行FT-IR測定。將波數790cm -1附近之波峰的波峰強度標準化成1.5Abs並修正光譜的偏差後,將紫外線照射前後的保護膜形成膜(500)的內面之中,波數810cm -1附近之波峰的波峰強度的變化藉由下述式(1)來算出,將此作為保護膜形成膜的內面於500mJ/cm 2之中的硬化率。 其次,將保護膜形成膜的內面於500mJ/cm 2之中的硬化率相對於保護膜形成膜的內面於100mJ/cm 2之中的硬化率之比率藉由下述式(2)來算出,將此作為保護膜形成膜的硬化率比。 <Measurement method of hardening rate ratio> The aforementioned protective film-forming film was irradiated with ultraviolet rays from one side under conditions of illumination intensity 220mW/cm 2 and light intensity 100mJ/cm 2 , and a protective film-forming film (100) after ultraviolet irradiation was produced. . Using a Fourier transform infrared spectroscopic analysis device, FT was performed with an incident angle of 45° and the diamond ATR method on the surface (inner surface) of the protective film forming film (100) before and after ultraviolet irradiation that is opposite to the ultraviolet irradiation surface. -IR determination. After standardizing the peak intensity of the wave peak near the wave number 790 cm -1 to 1.5 Abs and correcting the deviation of the spectrum, the protective film forming film (100) before and after ultraviolet irradiation was placed on the inner surface of the wave peak near the wave number 810 cm -1 . The change in peak intensity was calculated by the following formula (1), and this was taken as the curing rate of the inner surface of the protective film forming film at 100 mJ/cm 2 . Next, a protective film-forming film (500) after ultraviolet irradiation was produced in the same manner as above except that ultraviolet rays were irradiated under the conditions of illuminance 220 mW/cm 2 and light intensity 500 mJ/cm 2 . FT-IR measurement was performed on the surface (inner surface) opposite to the surface irradiated with ultraviolet rays of the protective film-forming film (500) before and after ultraviolet irradiation under the same conditions as above. After normalizing the peak intensity of the wave peak near the wave number 790 cm -1 to 1.5 Abs and correcting the deviation of the spectrum, the protective film forming film (500) before and after ultraviolet irradiation was placed on the inner surface of the wave peak near the wave number 810 cm -1 . The change in peak intensity was calculated by the following formula (1), and this was taken as the curing rate of the inner surface of the protective film forming film at 500 mJ/cm 2 . Next, the ratio of the curing rate of the inner surface of the protective film-forming film at 500 mJ/cm 2 to the curing rate of the inner surface of the protective film-forming film at 100 mJ/cm 2 is calculated by the following formula (2) This was calculated as the curing rate ratio of the protective film forming film.

硬化率={(紫外線照射前的波峰強度-紫外線照射後的波峰強度)/紫外線照射前的波峰強度}×100 ・・・(1) 硬化率比=(保護膜形成膜的內面於500mJ/cm 2之中的硬化率)/(保護膜形成膜的內面於100mJ/cm 2之中的硬化率) ・・・(2) Curing rate = {(peak intensity before UV irradiation - peak intensity after UV irradiation) / peak intensity before UV irradiation} × 100 ・・・(1) Curing rate ratio = (curing rate of the inner surface of the protective film forming film at 500mJ/ cm2 ) / (curing rate of the inner surface of the protective film forming film at 100mJ/ cm2 ) ・・・(2)

<12> 如<11>所記載之保護膜形成膜之用途,其中含有無機系顏料來作為著色劑。 <13> 如<11>或<12>所記載之保護膜形成膜之用途,係於附保護膜之晶片的製造中,用以在半導體晶圓或半導體晶片之與電路面為相反側之面形成保護膜。 <14> 如<11>或<12>所記載之保護膜形成膜之用途,係於面朝下方式之基板裝置的製造中,用以在半導體晶圓或半導體晶片之與電路面為相反側之面形成保護膜。 [實施例] <12> The use of the protective film forming film according to <11>, wherein an inorganic pigment is contained as a colorant. <13> The use of the protective film-forming film as described in <11> or <12> is in the production of wafers with protective films, and is used on the semiconductor wafer or the side of the semiconductor wafer that is opposite to the circuit surface. Form a protective film. <14> The use of the protective film-forming film described in <11> or <12> is in the manufacture of a face-down substrate device, on a semiconductor wafer or on the side opposite to the circuit surface. A protective film is formed on the surface. [Example]

以下,藉由具體的實施例來針對本發明更詳細地進行說明。不過,本發明完全不受限於以下所示之實施例。The present invention is described in more detail below by using specific embodiments. However, the present invention is not limited to the embodiments shown below.

<樹脂的製造原料> 以下表示在本實施例及比較例中簡寫之樹脂的製造原料的正式名稱。 BA:丙烯酸正丁酯 MA:丙烯酸甲酯 ACrMO:4-丙烯醯基嗎啉 HEA:丙烯酸2-羥乙酯 2EHA:丙烯酸2-乙基己酯 MMA:甲基丙烯酸甲酯 <Resin manufacturing raw materials> The following are the formal names of the resin manufacturing raw materials abbreviated in the present embodiment and comparative example. BA: n-butyl acrylate MA: methyl acrylate ACrMO: 4-acryloylmorpholine HEA: 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate 2EHA: 2-ethylhexyl acrylate MMA: methyl methacrylate

<保護膜形成用組成物的製造原料> 以下表示用於製造保護膜形成用組成物之原料。 [能量線硬化性成分(a)] (a)-1:ε-己內酯變性異氰脲酸三-(2-丙烯醯氧基乙基)酯(新中村化學工業公司製造「A-9300-1CL」,3官能紫外線硬化性化合物) (a)-2:丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯(KJ Chemicals公司製造「Quick cure 8100EA70」) <Raw materials for manufacturing compositions for forming protective films> The raw materials used for manufacturing the protective film forming composition are shown below. [Energy ray curing component (a)] (a)-1: ε-caprolactone modified tri-(2-propenyloxyethyl)isocyanurate (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. "A-9300-1CL", trifunctional ultraviolet curable compound ) (a)-2: Acrylic urethane ("Quick cure 8100EA70" manufactured by KJ Chemicals)

[不具有能量線硬化性基之丙烯酸樹脂(b)] (b)-1:BA(33質量份)、MA(27質量份)、ACrMO(25質量份)及HEA(15質量份)的共聚物之丙烯酸樹脂(重量平均分子量(700000),玻璃轉移溫度2℃) [Acrylic resin without energy-ray curing group (b)] (b)-1: Acrylic resin of copolymer of BA (33 parts by mass), MA (27 parts by mass), ACrMO (25 parts by mass) and HEA (15 parts by mass) (weight average molecular weight (700,000), glass transition temperature 2°C)

[光聚合起始劑(c)] (c)-1:1-[4-(苯硫基)-2-(O-苯甲醯肟)]1,2-辛烷二酮(商品名 IRGACURE(註冊商標) OXE01,BASF Japan製造) [Photopolymerization initiator (c)] (c)-1: 1-[4-(phenylthio)-2-(O-benzyl oxime)]1,2-octanedione (trade name IRGACURE (registered trademark) OXE01, manufactured by BASF Japan)

[無機填充材(d)] (d)-1:球狀二氧化矽(平均粒徑500nm,商品名「SC2050-MA」Admatechs股份有限公司製造) [Inorganic filler (d)] (d)-1: Spherical silica (average particle size 500nm, trade name "SC2050-MA" manufactured by Admatechs Co., Ltd.)

[著色劑(g)] (g)-1:無機系黑色顏料(碳黑,三菱碳黑股份有限公司製造,♯20,平均粒徑50nm) (g)-2:無機系黑色顏料(碳黑,三菱碳黑股份有限公司製造,MA600B,平均粒徑20nm) (g)-3:無機系黑色顏料(碳黑,三菱碳黑股份有限公司製造,♯2600,平均粒徑13nm) (g)-4:有機系黑色顏料(碳黑,大日精化工業股份有限公司製造「6377 Black」) (g)-5:無機系黑色顏料(鈦黑(成分:氮化鈦),三菱綜合材料電子化成股份有限公司製造,13M) [Coloring agent (g)] (g)-1: Inorganic black pigment (carbon black, manufactured by Mitsubishi Carbon Black Co., Ltd., ♯20, average particle size 50nm) (g)-2: Inorganic black pigment (carbon black, manufactured by Mitsubishi Carbon Black Co., Ltd., MA600B, average particle size 20nm) (g)-3: Inorganic black pigment (carbon black, manufactured by Mitsubishi Carbon Black Co., Ltd., ♯2600, average particle size 13nm) (g)-4: Organic black pigment (carbon black, "6377 Black" manufactured by Dainichi Seika Co., Ltd.) (g)-5: Inorganic black pigment (titanium black (ingredients: titanium nitride), manufactured by Mitsubishi Materials & Electronics Co., Ltd., 13M)

<<保護膜形成膜之製造>> [實施例1] <保護膜形成用組成物(IV)-1之製造> 使能量線硬化性成分(a)-1(12.3質量份)、能量線硬化性成分(a)-2(10.0質量份)、不具有能量線硬化性基之丙烯酸樹脂(b)-1(14.6質量份)、光聚合起始劑(c)-1(1.0質量份)、無機填充材(d)-1(58.1質量份)及著色劑(g)-1(4.0質量份)熔解或分散於甲基乙基酮,在23℃進行攪拌,藉此獲得了溶媒以外的全部成分的合計濃度為55質量%之能量線硬化性的保護膜形成用組成物(IV)-1。另外,此處所示之前述溶媒以外的成分的調配量全部是不含溶媒之目標物的調配量,在以下的保護膜形成用組成物(IV)中亦同。 <<Production of protective film forming film>> [Example 1] <Production of protective film forming composition (IV)-1> Energy ray-curable component (a)-1 (12.3 parts by mass), energy ray-curable component (a)-2 (10.0 parts by mass), acrylic resin (b)-1 (14.6 parts by mass) without energy ray-curable group, photopolymerization initiator (c)-1 (1.0 parts by mass), inorganic filler (d)-1 (58.1 parts by mass) and coloring agent (g)-1 (4.0 parts by mass) were melted or dispersed in methyl ethyl ketone and stirred at 23°C to obtain energy ray-curable protective film forming composition (IV)-1 having a total concentration of all components other than the solvent of 55% by mass. In addition, the amounts of the components other than the aforementioned solvent shown here are all amounts of the target product without the solvent, and the same applies to the following protective film forming composition (IV).

<保護膜形成膜之製造> 使用聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯製膜的單面經聚矽氧處理而進行了剝離處理的剝離膜(第二剝離膜,琳得科公司製造的「SP-PET382150」,厚度38μm),在該剝離膜的前述剝離處理面塗覆上述所獲得的保護膜形成用組成物(IV)-1並於100℃使之乾燥2分鐘,藉此製造厚度25μm之能量線硬化性的保護膜形成膜。 <Manufacture of protective film forming film> A release film (second release film, "SP-PET382150" manufactured by Lintec Co., Ltd., thickness 38 μm) made of polyethylene terephthalate and subjected to a polysiloxane treatment on one side and a release treatment was used. The protective film-forming composition (IV)-1 obtained above was coated on the release-treated surface of the release film and dried at 100° C. for 2 minutes, thereby producing an energy-beam-curable protective film-forming film with a thickness of 25 μm. .

進而,在獲得的保護膜形成膜之未具備第二剝離膜之側的露出面,貼合剝離膜(第一剝離膜,琳得科公司製造的「SP-PET381031」,厚度38μm)的剝離處理面,藉此獲得具備有保護膜形成膜、設置於前述保護膜形成膜之一側的面的第一剝離膜、設置於前述保護膜形成膜之另一面的第二剝離膜而構成之附剝離膜之保護膜形成膜。Furthermore, a peeling-treated surface of a peeling film (a first peeling film, "SP-PET381031" manufactured by Lintec Corporation, with a thickness of 38 μm) is bonded to the exposed surface of the obtained protective film-forming film on the side not having the second peeling film, thereby obtaining a protective film-forming film with a peeling film, which comprises a protective film-forming film, a first peeling film arranged on one side of the aforementioned protective film-forming film, and a second peeling film arranged on the other side of the aforementioned protective film-forming film.

[實施例2] <保護膜形成用組成物(IV)-2之製造> 使能量線硬化性成分(a)-1(12.6質量份)、能量線硬化性成分(a)-2(10.2質量份)、不具有能量線硬化性基之丙烯酸樹脂(b)-1(14.9質量份)、光聚合起始劑(c)-1(1.0質量份)、無機填充材(d)-1(59.3質量份)及著色劑(g)-1(2.0質量份)熔解或分散於甲基乙基酮,在23℃進行攪拌,藉此獲得了溶媒以外的全部成分的合計濃度為55質量%之能量線硬化性的保護膜形成用組成物(IV)-2。 [Example 2] <Production of protective film forming composition (IV)-2> Energy ray-curable component (a)-1 (12.6 parts by mass), energy ray-curable component (a)-2 (10.2 parts by mass), acrylic resin (b)-1 (14.9 parts by mass) not having an energy ray-curable group, photopolymerization initiator (c)-1 (1.0 parts by mass), inorganic filler (d)-1 (59.3 parts by mass) and coloring agent (g)-1 (2.0 parts by mass) were melted or dispersed in methyl ethyl ketone and stirred at 23°C to obtain an energy ray-curable protective film forming composition (IV)-2 having a total concentration of all components other than the solvent of 55% by mass.

<保護膜形成膜之製造> 除了使用保護膜形成用組成物(IV)-2來取代保護膜形成用組成物(IV)-1這一點以外,利用與實施例1的情況相同的方法,製造了實施例2的保護膜形成膜。 <Manufacture of protective film forming film> The protective film forming composition of Example 2 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that protective film forming composition (IV)-2 was used instead of protective film forming composition (IV)-1. membrane.

[實施例3] <保護膜形成用組成物(IV)-3之製造> 使能量線硬化性成分(a)-1(12.7質量份)、能量線硬化性成分(a)-2(10.4質量份)、不具有能量線硬化性基之丙烯酸樹脂(b)-1(15.1質量份)、光聚合起始劑(c)-1(1.0質量份)、無機填充材(d)-1(59.8質量份)及著色劑(g)-1(1.0質量份)熔解或分散於甲基乙基酮,在23℃進行攪拌,藉此獲得了溶媒以外的全部成分的合計濃度為55質量%之能量線硬化性的保護膜形成用組成物(IV)-3。 [Example 3] <Production of protective film forming composition (IV)-3> Energy ray curable component (a)-1 (12.7 parts by mass), energy ray curable component (a)-2 (10.4 parts by mass), and acrylic resin (b)-1 (15.1) not having an energy ray curable group parts by mass), photopolymerization initiator (c)-1 (1.0 parts by mass), inorganic filler (d)-1 (59.8 parts by mass) and colorant (g)-1 (1.0 parts by mass) are melted or dispersed in Methyl ethyl ketone was stirred at 23° C., thereby obtaining an energy-beam-curable protective film-forming composition (IV)-3 in which the total concentration of all components except the solvent was 55% by mass.

<保護膜形成膜之製造> 除了使用保護膜形成用組成物(IV)-3來取代保護膜形成用組成物(IV)-1這一點以外,利用與實施例1的情況相同的方法,製造了實施例3的保護膜形成膜。 <Manufacture of protective film forming film> The protective film forming composition of Example 3 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that protective film forming composition (IV)-3 was used instead of protective film forming composition (IV)-1. membrane.

[實施例4] <保護膜形成用組成物(IV)-4之製造> 使能量線硬化性成分(a)-1(12.6質量份)、能量線硬化性成分(a)-2(10.3質量份)、不具有能量線硬化性基之丙烯酸樹脂(b)-1(15.0質量份)、光聚合起始劑(c)-1(1.0質量份)、無機填充材(d)-1(59.6質量份)及著色劑(g)-1(1.5質量份)熔解或分散於甲基乙基酮,在23℃進行攪拌,藉此獲得了溶媒以外的全部成分的合計濃度為55質量%之能量線硬化性的保護膜形成用組成物(IV)-4。 [Example 4] <Production of protective film forming composition (IV)-4> Energy ray-curable component (a)-1 (12.6 parts by mass), energy ray-curable component (a)-2 (10.3 parts by mass), acrylic resin (b)-1 (15.0 parts by mass) without energy ray-curable group, photopolymerization initiator (c)-1 (1.0 parts by mass), inorganic filler (d)-1 (59.6 parts by mass) and coloring agent (g)-1 (1.5 parts by mass) were melted or dispersed in methyl ethyl ketone and stirred at 23°C to obtain energy ray-curable protective film forming composition (IV)-4 having a total concentration of all components other than the solvent of 55% by mass.

<保護膜形成膜之製造> 除了使用保護膜形成用組成物(IV)-4來取代保護膜形成用組成物(IV)-1這一點以外,利用與實施例1的情況相同的方法,製造了實施例4的保護膜形成膜。 <Manufacture of protective film forming film> The protective film forming composition of Example 4 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that protective film forming composition (IV)-4 was used instead of protective film forming composition (IV)-1. membrane.

[實施例5] <保護膜形成用組成物(IV)-5之製造> 使能量線硬化性成分(a)-1(12.6質量份)、能量線硬化性成分(a)-2(10.3質量份)、不具有能量線硬化性基之丙烯酸樹脂(b)-1(15.0質量份)、光聚合起始劑(c)-1(1.0質量份)、無機填充材(d)-1(59.4質量份)及著色劑(g)-1(1.7質量份)熔解或分散於甲基乙基酮,在23℃進行攪拌,藉此獲得了溶媒以外的全部成分的合計濃度為55質量%之能量線硬化性的保護膜形成用組成物(IV)-5。 [Example 5] <Production of protective film forming composition (IV)-5> Energy ray-curable component (a)-1 (12.6 parts by mass), energy ray-curable component (a)-2 (10.3 parts by mass), acrylic resin (b)-1 (15.0 parts by mass) without energy ray-curable group, photopolymerization initiator (c)-1 (1.0 parts by mass), inorganic filler (d)-1 (59.4 parts by mass) and coloring agent (g)-1 (1.7 parts by mass) were melted or dispersed in methyl ethyl ketone and stirred at 23°C to obtain energy ray-curable protective film forming composition (IV)-5 having a total concentration of all components other than the solvent of 55% by mass.

<保護膜形成膜之製造> 除了使用保護膜形成用組成物(IV)-5來取代保護膜形成用組成物(IV)-1這一點以外,利用與實施例1的情況相同的方法,製造了實施例5的保護膜形成膜。 <Production of protective film-forming film> The protective film-forming film of Example 5 was produced by the same method as in Example 1, except that the protective film-forming composition (IV)-5 was used instead of the protective film-forming composition (IV)-1.

[實施例6] <保護膜形成用組成物(IV)-6之製造> 使能量線硬化性成分(a)-1(12.5質量份)、能量線硬化性成分(a)-2(10.1質量份)、不具有能量線硬化性基之丙烯酸樹脂(b)-1(14.8質量份)、光聚合起始劑(c)-1(1.0質量份)、無機填充材(d)-1(58.6質量份)及著色劑(g)-5(3.0質量份)熔解或分散於甲基乙基酮,在23℃進行攪拌,藉此獲得了溶媒以外的全部成分的合計濃度為55質量%之能量線硬化性的保護膜形成用組成物(IV)-6。 [Example 6] <Production of protective film forming composition (IV)-6> Energy ray-curable component (a)-1 (12.5 parts by mass), energy ray-curable component (a)-2 (10.1 parts by mass), acrylic resin (b)-1 (14.8 parts by mass) without energy ray-curable group, photopolymerization initiator (c)-1 (1.0 parts by mass), inorganic filler (d)-1 (58.6 parts by mass) and coloring agent (g)-5 (3.0 parts by mass) were melted or dispersed in methyl ethyl ketone and stirred at 23°C to obtain energy ray-curable protective film forming composition (IV)-6 having a total concentration of all components other than the solvent of 55% by mass.

<保護膜形成膜之製造> 除了使用保護膜形成用組成物(IV)-6來取代保護膜形成用組成物(IV)-1這一點以外,利用與實施例1的情況相同的方法,製造了實施例6的保護膜形成膜。 <Manufacture of protective film forming film> The protective film forming composition of Example 6 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that protective film forming composition (IV)-6 was used instead of protective film forming composition (IV)-1. membrane.

[實施例7] <保護膜形成用組成物(IV)-7之製造> 使能量線硬化性成分(a)-1(12.6質量份)、能量線硬化性成分(a)-2(10.1質量份)、不具有能量線硬化性基之丙烯酸樹脂(b)-1(14.9質量份)、光聚合起始劑(c)-1(1.0質量份)、無機填充材(d)-1(58.7質量份)及著色劑(g)-1(0.5質量份)、著色劑(g)-5(2.2質量份)熔解或分散於甲基乙基酮,在23℃進行攪拌,藉此獲得了溶媒以外的全部成分的合計濃度為55質量%之能量線硬化性的保護膜形成用組成物(IV)-7。 [Example 7] <Production of protective film forming composition (IV)-7> Energy ray-curable component (a)-1 (12.6 parts by mass), energy ray-curable component (a)-2 (10.1 parts by mass), acrylic resin (b)-1 (14.9 parts by mass) not having an energy ray-curable group, photopolymerization initiator (c)-1 (1.0 parts by mass), inorganic filler (d)-1 (58.7 parts by mass), colorant (g)-1 (0.5 parts by mass), colorant (g)-5 (2.2 parts by mass) were melted or dispersed in methyl ethyl ketone and stirred at 23°C to obtain energy ray-curable protective film forming composition (IV)-7 having a total concentration of all components other than the solvent of 55% by mass.

<保護膜形成膜之製造> 除了使用保護膜形成用組成物(IV)-7來取代保護膜形成用組成物(IV)-1這一點以外,利用與實施例1的情況相同的方法,製造了實施例7的保護膜形成膜。 <Manufacture of protective film forming film> The protective film forming composition of Example 7 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that protective film forming composition (IV)-7 was used instead of protective film forming composition (IV)-1. membrane.

[比較例1] <保護膜形成用組成物(X)-1之製造> 使能量線硬化性成分(a)-1(12.9質量份)、能量線硬化性成分(a)-2(10.5質量份)、不具有能量線硬化性基之丙烯酸樹脂(b)-1(15.3質量份)、光聚合起始劑(c)-1(1.0質量份)及無機填充材(d)-1(60.3質量份)熔解或分散於甲基乙基酮,在23℃進行攪拌,藉此獲得了溶媒以外的全部成分的合計濃度為55質量%之能量線硬化性的保護膜形成用組成物(X)-1。 [Comparative Example 1] <Production of protective film forming composition (X)-1> Energy ray-curable component (a)-1 (12.9 parts by mass), energy ray-curable component (a)-2 (10.5 parts by mass), acrylic resin (b)-1 (15.3 parts by mass) not having an energy ray-curable group, photopolymerization initiator (c)-1 (1.0 parts by mass) and inorganic filler (d)-1 (60.3 parts by mass) were melted or dispersed in methyl ethyl ketone and stirred at 23°C to obtain an energy ray-curable protective film forming composition (X)-1 having a total concentration of all components other than the solvent of 55% by mass.

<保護膜形成膜之製造> 除了使用保護膜形成用組成物(X)-1來取代保護膜形成用組成物(IV)-1這一點以外,利用與實施例1的情況相同的方法,製造了比較例1的保護膜形成膜。 <Manufacture of protective film forming film> The protective film forming composition of Comparative Example 1 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that protective film forming composition (X)-1 was used instead of protective film forming composition (IV)-1. membrane.

[比較例2] <保護膜形成用組成物(X)-2之製造> 使能量線硬化性成分(a)-1(12.6質量份)、能量線硬化性成分(a)-2(10.3質量份)、不具有能量線硬化性基之丙烯酸樹脂(b)-1(15.0質量份)、光聚合起始劑(c)-1(1.0質量份)、無機填充材(d)-1(59.1質量份)及著色劑(g)-4(2.0質量份)熔解或分散於甲基乙基酮,在23℃進行攪拌,藉此獲得了溶媒以外的全部成分的合計濃度為55質量%之能量線硬化性的保護膜形成用組成物(X)-2。 [Comparative example 2] <Production of protective film forming composition (X)-2> Energy ray curable component (a)-1 (12.6 parts by mass), energy ray curable component (a)-2 (10.3 parts by mass), and acrylic resin (b)-1 (15.0) having no energy ray curable group parts by mass), photopolymerization initiator (c)-1 (1.0 parts by mass), inorganic filler (d)-1 (59.1 parts by mass) and colorant (g)-4 (2.0 parts by mass) are melted or dispersed in Methyl ethyl ketone was stirred at 23°C to obtain an energy-beam-curable protective film-forming composition (X)-2 in which the total concentration of all components except the solvent was 55% by mass.

<保護膜形成膜之製造> 除了使用保護膜形成用組成物(X)-2來取代保護膜形成用組成物(IV)-1這一點以外,利用與實施例1的情況相同的方法,製造了比較例2的保護膜形成膜。 <Production of protective film-forming film> A protective film-forming film of Comparative Example 2 was produced by the same method as in Example 1, except that the protective film-forming composition (X)-2 was used instead of the protective film-forming composition (IV)-1.

[比較例3] <保護膜形成用組成物(X)-3之製造> 使能量線硬化性成分(a)-1(12.7質量份)、能量線硬化性成分(a)-2(10.7質量份)、不具有能量線硬化性基之丙烯酸樹脂(b)-1(15.0質量份)、光聚合起始劑(c)-1(1.0質量份)、無機填充材(d)-1(60.1質量份)及著色劑(g)-3(0.5質量份)熔解或分散於甲基乙基酮,在23℃進行攪拌,藉此獲得了溶媒以外的全部成分的合計濃度為55質量%之能量線硬化性的保護膜形成用組成物(X)-3。 [Comparative Example 3] <Production of protective film forming composition (X)-3> Energy ray-curable component (a)-1 (12.7 parts by mass), energy ray-curable component (a)-2 (10.7 parts by mass), acrylic resin (b)-1 (15.0 parts by mass) not having an energy ray-curable group, photopolymerization initiator (c)-1 (1.0 parts by mass), inorganic filler (d)-1 (60.1 parts by mass) and coloring agent (g)-3 (0.5 parts by mass) were melted or dispersed in methyl ethyl ketone and stirred at 23°C to obtain energy ray-curable protective film forming composition (X)-3 having a total concentration of all components other than the solvent of 55% by mass.

<保護膜形成膜之製造> 除了使用保護膜形成用組成物(X)-3來取代保護膜形成用組成物(IV)-1這一點以外,利用與實施例1的情況相同的方法,製造了比較例3的保護膜形成膜。 <Manufacture of protective film forming film> A protective film forming composition of Comparative Example 3 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that protective film forming composition (X)-3 was used instead of protective film forming composition (IV)-1. membrane.

[比較例4] <保護膜形成用組成物(X)-4之製造> 使能量線硬化性成分(a)-1(12.8質量份)、能量線硬化性成分(a)-2(10.4質量份)、不具有能量線硬化性基之丙烯酸樹脂(b)-1(15.2質量份)、光聚合起始劑(c)-1(1.0質量份)、無機填充材(d)-1(60.1質量份)及著色劑(g)-1(0.5質量份)熔解或分散於甲基乙基酮,在23℃進行攪拌,藉此獲得了溶媒以外的全部成分的合計濃度為55質量%之能量線硬化性的保護膜形成用組成物(X)-4。 [Comparative Example 4] <Production of protective film forming composition (X)-4> Energy ray-curable component (a)-1 (12.8 parts by mass), energy ray-curable component (a)-2 (10.4 parts by mass), acrylic resin (b)-1 (15.2 parts by mass) not having an energy ray-curable group, photopolymerization initiator (c)-1 (1.0 parts by mass), inorganic filler (d)-1 (60.1 parts by mass) and coloring agent (g)-1 (0.5 parts by mass) were melted or dispersed in methyl ethyl ketone and stirred at 23°C to obtain energy ray-curable protective film forming composition (X)-4 having a total concentration of all components other than the solvent of 55% by mass.

<保護膜形成膜之製造> 除了使用保護膜形成用組成物(X)-4來取代保護膜形成用組成物(IV)-1這一點以外,利用與實施例1的情況相同的方法,製造了比較例4的保護膜形成膜。 <Production of protective film-forming film> A protective film-forming film of Comparative Example 4 was produced by the same method as in Example 1, except that the protective film-forming composition (X)-4 was used instead of the protective film-forming composition (IV)-1.

<<保護膜形成膜之評價>> <保護膜形成膜之穿透率測定> 將第一剝離膜及第二剝離膜進行剝離,將保護膜形成膜之光穿透率使用紫外線/可見光/近紅外分光光度計(島津製作所股份有限公司製造,UV-3600),以下述的穿透率測定條件來測定各保護膜形成膜之穿透率。 <<Evaluation of protective film forming film>> <Measurement of transmittance of protective film forming film> The first peeling film and the second peeling film were peeled off, and the light transmittance of the protective film forming film was measured using an ultraviolet/visible light/near-infrared spectrophotometer (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, UV-3600) under the following transmittance measurement conditions.

(穿透率測定條件) 波長範圍:190nm至2000nm 掃描速度:高速 狹縫寬度:8.0mm 偵測器單元:直接受光 (Transmittance measurement conditions) Wavelength range: 190nm to 2000nm Scanning speed: high speed Slit width: 8.0mm Detector unit: direct light reception

<保護膜形成膜之近紅外線遮蔽性評價> 將波長365nm及波長1300nm的穿透率之測定結果顯示於表1至表3。 再者,以下述的基準來評價近紅外線遮蔽性。 A:波長1300nm的近紅外線穿透率為10%以下,近紅外線遮蔽性優異。 B:波長1300nm之近紅外線穿透率超過10%,近紅外線遮蔽性差。 <Evaluation of near-infrared shielding properties of protective film-forming films> The results of the measurement of the transmittance at a wavelength of 365nm and a wavelength of 1300nm are shown in Tables 1 to 3. Furthermore, the near-infrared shielding properties were evaluated according to the following criteria. A: The near-infrared transmittance at a wavelength of 1300nm is less than 10%, and the near-infrared shielding properties are excellent. B: The near-infrared transmittance at a wavelength of 1300nm exceeds 10%, and the near-infrared shielding properties are poor.

<保護膜形成膜的硬化率比測定> 針對在上述所獲得之積層有第一剝離膜與第二剝離膜之狀態的保護膜形成膜,使用UV照射裝置(RAD-2000m/12,琳得科公司製造),以照度220mW/cm 2、光量100mJ/cm 2的條件從一側的面照射紫外線,製作成紫外線照射後的保護膜形成膜(100)。此時,是在與光的入射側為相反的面積層有矽晶圓來進行照射。 使用傅立葉轉換紅外線/近遠紅外分光分析裝置(PerkinElmer公司製造的「Spectrum100」),針對紫外線照射前後的保護膜形成膜(100)之中與經紫外線照射之面為相反側之面(內面),以入射角45°、鑽石ATR法,進行了FT-IR測定。將波數790cm -1附近之波峰的波峰強度標準化成1.5Abs並修正光譜的偏差後,將紫外線照射前後的保護膜形成膜(100)的內面之中,波數810cm -1附近之波峰的波峰強度的變化藉由下述式(1)來算出,將此作為保護膜形成膜的內面於100mJ/cm 2之中的硬化率。 另外,790cm -1的波峰係源自(d)-1。 再者,810cm -1的波峰係源自能量線硬化性成分(a)-1及能量線硬化性成分(a)-2的乙烯基,波峰強度越大,意味著未反應的乙烯基殘留下來,保護膜形成膜未充分硬化。 其次,除了以照度220mW/cm 2、光量500mJ/cm 2的條件照射了紫外線以外,與上述同樣地製作成紫外線照射後的保護膜形成膜(500)。針對紫外線照射前後的保護膜形成膜(500)之中與經紫外線照射之面為相反側之面(內面),以與上述相同的條件下,進行了FT-IR測定。將波數790cm -1附近之波峰的波峰強度標準化成1.5Abs並修正光譜的偏差後,將紫外線照射前後的保護膜形成膜(500)的內面之中,波數810cm -1附近之波峰的波峰強度的變化藉由下述式(1)來算出,將此作為保護膜形成膜的內面於500mJ/cm 2之中的硬化率。 <Measurement of the hardening rate ratio of the protective film-forming film> A UV irradiation device (RAD-2000m/12, Lintec) was used to measure the protective film-forming film in a state in which the first release film and the second release film were laminated on the obtained above-mentioned film. company), irradiating ultraviolet rays from one surface under conditions of illumination intensity 220 mW/cm 2 and light intensity 100 mJ/cm 2 to produce a protective film-forming film (100) after ultraviolet irradiation. At this time, the silicon wafer is laminated on the area opposite to the incident side of the light and irradiated. Using a Fourier transform infrared/near-far infrared spectroscopic analyzer ("Spectrum 100" manufactured by PerkinElmer), a protective film is formed on the surface of the film (100) opposite to the surface irradiated with ultraviolet rays (inner surface) before and after ultraviolet irradiation. , FT-IR measurement was carried out with the incident angle of 45° and the diamond ATR method. After normalizing the peak intensity of the wave peak near the wave number 790 cm -1 to 1.5 Abs and correcting the deviation of the spectrum, the protective film forming film (100) before and after ultraviolet irradiation was used to determine the intensity of the wave peak near the wave number 810 cm -1 on the inner surface of the film (100). The change in peak intensity was calculated by the following formula (1), and this was taken as the curing rate of the inner surface of the protective film forming film at 100 mJ/cm 2 . In addition, the crest of 790cm -1 is derived from (d)-1. Furthermore, the peak at 810 cm -1 is derived from the vinyl groups of the energy ray curable component (a)-1 and the energy ray curable component (a)-2. The greater the peak intensity, means that unreacted vinyl remains. , the protective film forming film is not sufficiently hardened. Next, a protective film-forming film (500) after ultraviolet irradiation was produced in the same manner as above except that ultraviolet rays were irradiated under the conditions of illuminance 220 mW/cm 2 and light intensity 500 mJ/cm 2 . FT-IR measurement was performed on the surface (inner surface) opposite to the surface irradiated with ultraviolet rays of the protective film-forming film (500) before and after ultraviolet irradiation under the same conditions as above. After standardizing the peak intensity of the wave peak near the wave number 790cm -1 to 1.5 Abs and correcting the deviation of the spectrum, the protective film forming film (500) before and after ultraviolet irradiation was placed on the inner surface of the wave peak near the wave number 810cm -1 . The change in peak intensity was calculated by the following formula (1), and this was taken as the curing rate of the inner surface of the protective film forming film at 500 mJ/cm 2 .

硬化率={(紫外線照射前的波峰強度-紫外線照射後的波峰強度)/紫外線照射前的波峰強度}×100 ・・・(1)Curing rate = {(peak intensity before UV irradiation - peak intensity after UV irradiation) / peak intensity before UV irradiation} × 100 ・・・(1)

其次,將保護膜形成膜的內面於500mJ/cm 2之中的硬化率相對於保護膜形成膜的內面於100mJ/cm 2之中的硬化率之比率藉由下述式(2)來算出,將此作為保護膜形成膜的硬化率比。 Next, the ratio of the curing rate of the inner surface of the protective film-forming film at 500 mJ/cm 2 to the curing rate of the inner surface of the protective film-forming film at 100 mJ/cm 2 is calculated by the following formula (2) This was calculated as the curing rate ratio of the protective film forming film.

硬化率比=(保護膜形成膜的內面於500mJ/cm 2之中的硬化率)/(保護膜形成膜的內面於100mJ/cm 2之中的硬化率) ・・・(2) Hardening rate ratio = (hardening rate of the inner surface of the protective film forming film at 500mJ/cm 2 )/(hardening rate of the inner surface of the protective film forming film at 100mJ/cm 2 )・・・(2)

將結果顯示於表1至表3。The results are shown in Table 1 to Table 3.

<保護膜形成膜的十字切割試驗評價> 自上述所獲得之附剝離膜之保護膜形成膜移除第二剝離膜。再者,準備了一側的面經#2000研磨而成的矽晶圓(直徑200mm、厚度350μm)。使用貼帶機(琳得科公司製造的「Adwill RAD-3600F/12),將保護膜形成膜一邊加熱至70℃,一邊以0.3MPa將露出面(曾具備第二剝離膜之面)貼附至前述矽晶圓的研磨面,藉此製作成第一剝離膜、前述保護膜形成膜、前述矽晶圓依序在這些層的厚度方向上積層而構成之附保護膜形成膜之矽晶圓(前述貼附步驟)。 <Cross-cut test evaluation of protective film forming film> The second peeling film was removed from the protective film forming film with peeling film obtained above. Furthermore, a silicon wafer (diameter 200mm, thickness 350μm) with one side polished by #2000 was prepared. Using a tape laminating machine ("Adwill RAD-3600F/12 manufactured by Lintec Corporation), the protective film forming film was heated to 70°C while the exposed surface (the surface with the second peeling film) was attached to the polished surface of the aforementioned silicon wafer at 0.3MPa, thereby producing a silicon wafer with a protective film forming film in which the first peeling film, the aforementioned protective film forming film, and the aforementioned silicon wafer were sequentially laminated in the thickness direction of these layers (the aforementioned attaching step).

其次,將在上述所獲得之附保護膜形成膜之矽晶圓於23℃、50%RH環境下,靜置20分鐘後,利用UV照射裝置(琳得科公司製造的「Adwill RAD-2000M/12」),以照度220mW/cm 2、光量500mJ/cm 2的條件照射紫外線,製作成附保護膜之矽晶圓(前述硬化步驟)。 其次,對於在上述所獲得之附保護膜之矽晶圓中的保護膜的露出面使用截切刀,僅在附保護膜之矽晶圓中的保護膜上劃出膜厚份量的切口,將保護膜以每1方格為5mm×5mm的大小來分割成100方格。 其次,自上述所獲得之100方格的附保護膜之矽晶圓移除第一剝離膜。之後,在100方格的附保護膜之矽晶圓中的保護膜側,於23℃、50%RH的環境下,貼附膠帶(NICHIBAN公司製造的「CELLOTAPE(註冊商標)」),於25℃靜置20分鐘,使膠帶充分密合於保護膜。之後,將膠帶剝離,針對100方格的附保護膜之矽晶圓,以目視確認有無保護膜的剝落。 Next, the silicon wafer with the protective film-forming film obtained above was left to stand for 20 minutes in an environment of 23°C and 50% RH, and then the UV irradiation device ("Adwill RAD-2000M/ manufactured by Lintec Corporation") was used. 12"), irradiate ultraviolet light under the conditions of illumination intensity 220mW/cm 2 and light intensity 500mJ/cm 2 to produce a silicon wafer with a protective film (the aforementioned hardening step). Next, use a slitting knife on the exposed surface of the protective film in the silicon wafer with protective film obtained above, and make an incision equal to the film thickness on the protective film in the silicon wafer with protective film. The protective film is divided into 100 squares with each square being 5mm×5mm. Secondly, the first release film is removed from the 100-square silicon wafer with protective film obtained above. After that, a tape ("CELLOTAPE (registered trademark)" manufactured by NICHIBAN Co., Ltd.) was attached to the protective film side of the silicon wafer with a protective film of 100 squares in an environment of 23°C and 50% RH, and the ℃ and let it stand for 20 minutes to make the tape fully adhere to the protective film. Afterwards, the tape is peeled off, and 100 squares of silicon wafers with a protective film are used to visually confirm whether the protective film has peeled off.

此時,以下述的基準來評價保護膜形成膜的十字切割試驗之結果。 A:在100方格的保護膜中,完全沒有確認到剝落。 B:在100方格的保護膜中,雖然沒有確認到任何1方格是完全剝落的,但有確認到在1方格中端部等是部分剝落的。 C:在100方格的保護膜中,確認到完全剝落者有1方格以上。 將保護膜形成膜的十字切割試驗之結果顯示於表1至表3。 At this time, the results of the cross-cut test of the protective film forming film were evaluated according to the following criteria. A: In the protective film of 100 squares, no peeling was confirmed. B: In the protective film of 100 squares, although no square was confirmed to be completely peeled, it was confirmed that the edge of 1 square was partially peeled. C: In the protective film of 100 squares, more than 1 square was confirmed to be completely peeled. The results of the cross-cut test of the protective film forming film are shown in Tables 1 to 3.

另外,表1至表3中的含有成分之欄的「-」之記載,意指保護膜形成膜不含有該成分。In addition, the description of “-” in the column containing components in Tables 1 to 3 means that the protective film forming film does not contain the component.

[表1] 實施例 1 2 3 4 5 保護膜形成膜 含有成分(質量份) 能量線硬化性成分(a) (a)-1 12.3 12.6 12.7 12.6 12.6 (a)-2 10.0 10.2 10.4 10.3 10.3 不具有能量線硬化性基之丙烯酸樹脂(b) (b)-1 14.6 14.9 15.1 15.0 15.0 光聚合起始劑(c) (c)-1 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 無機填充材(d) (d)-1 58.1 59.3 59.8 59.6 59.4 著色劑(g) (g)-1 4.0 2.0 1.0 1.5 1.7 (g)-2 - - - - - (g)-3 - - - - - (g)-4 - - - - - 合計 100 100 100 100 100 365nm穿透率[%] 0.02 0.06 0.17 0.02 0.01 1300nm穿透率[%] 0.04 0.3 7.5 2.1 1.4 於100mJ/cm 2之中內面的硬化率[%] 1.0 15.7 68.1 24.8 22.4 於500mJ/cm 2之中內面的硬化率[%] 13.1 56.0 72.9 67.4 63.1 硬化率比 13.1 3.57 1.07 2.71 2.82 評價結果 近紅外線遮蔽性 A A A A A 十字切割試驗 A A B A A [Table 1] Example 1 2 3 4 5 protective film forming film Contains ingredients (parts by mass) Energy ray hardening component (a) (a)-1 12.3 12.6 12.7 12.6 12.6 (a)-2 10.0 10.2 10.4 10.3 10.3 Acrylic resin (b) without energy ray curable group (b)-1 14.6 14.9 15.1 15.0 15.0 Photopolymerization initiator (c) (c)-1 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Inorganic filler(d) (d)-1 58.1 59.3 59.8 59.6 59.4 Colorant(g) (g)-1 4.0 2.0 1.0 1.5 1.7 (g)-2 - - - - - (g)-3 - - - - - (g)-4 - - - - - total 100 100 100 100 100 365nm penetration rate[%] 0.02 0.06 0.17 0.02 0.01 1300nm penetration rate[%] 0.04 0.3 7.5 2.1 1.4 Hardening rate of inner surface at 100mJ/cm 2 [%] 1.0 15.7 68.1 24.8 22.4 Hardening rate of inner surface at 500mJ/cm 2 [%] 13.1 56.0 72.9 67.4 63.1 Hardening rate ratio 13.1 3.57 1.07 2.71 2.82 Evaluation results Near infrared shielding property A A A A A Cross cutting test A A B A A

[表2] 實施例 6 7 保護膜形成膜 含有成分(質量份) 能量線硬化性成分(a) (a)-1 12.5 12.6 (a)-2 10.1 10.1 不具有能量線硬化性基之丙烯酸樹脂(b) (b)-1 14.8 14.9 光聚合起始劑(c) (c)-1 1.0 1.0 無機填充材(d) (d)-1 58.6 58.7 著色劑(g) (g)-1 - 0.5 (g)-2 - - (g)-3 - - (g)-4 - - (g)-5 3.0 2.2 合計 100 100 365nm穿透率[%] 0.08 0.05 1300nm穿透率[%] 1.50 1.60 於100mJ/cm 2之中內面的硬化率[%] 56.9 55.8 於500mJ/cm 2之中內面的硬化率[%] 70.1 70.9 硬化率比 1.23 1.27 評價結果 近紅外線遮蔽性 A A 十字切割試驗 A A [Table 2] Embodiment 6 7 Protective film forming film Ingredients (by weight) Energy ray hardening component (a) (a)-1 12.5 12.6 (a)-2 10.1 10.1 Acrylic resin without energy ray curing group (b) (b)-1 14.8 14.9 Photopolymerization initiator (c) (c)-1 1.0 1.0 Inorganic filler (d) (d)-1 58.6 58.7 Coloring agent(g) (g)-1 - 0.5 (g)-2 - - (g)-3 - - (g)-4 - - (g)-5 3.0 2.2 Total 100 100 365nm penetration [%] 0.08 0.05 1300nm penetration [%] 1.50 1.60 Hardening rate of inner surface at 100mJ/ cm2 [%] 56.9 55.8 Hardening rate of the inner surface at 500mJ/ cm2 [%] 70.1 70.9 Hardening rate ratio 1.23 1.27 Evaluation results Near infrared shielding A A Cross cutting test A A

[表3] 比較例 1 2 3 4 保護膜形成膜 含有成分(質量份) 能量線硬化性成分(a) (a)-1 12.9 12.6 12.7 12.8 (a)-2 10.5 10.3 10.7 10.4 不具有能量線硬化性基之丙烯酸樹脂(b) (b)-1 15.3 15.0 15.0 15.2 光聚合起始劑(c) (c)-1 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 無機填充材(d) (d)-1 60.3 59.1 60.1 60.1 著色劑(g) (g)-1 - - - 0.5 (g)-2 - - - - (g)-3 - - 0.5 - (g)-4 - 2.0 - - 合計 100 100 100 100 365nm穿透率[%] 24.0 0.20 19.2 16.0 1300nm穿透率[%] 97.0 72.0 70.6 66.0 於100mJ/cm 2之中內面的硬化率[%] 72.2 50.7 79.8 76.3 於500mJ/cm 2之中內面的硬化率[%] 80.4 61.4 80.1 79.3 硬化率比 1.12 1.22 1.00 1.04 評價結果 近紅外線遮蔽性 B B B B 十字切割試驗 A A C A [table 3] Comparative example 1 2 3 4 protective film forming film Contains ingredients (parts by mass) Energy ray hardening component (a) (a)-1 12.9 12.6 12.7 12.8 (a)-2 10.5 10.3 10.7 10.4 Acrylic resin (b) without energy ray curable group (b)-1 15.3 15.0 15.0 15.2 Photopolymerization initiator (c) (c)-1 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Inorganic filler(d) (d)-1 60.3 59.1 60.1 60.1 Colorant(g) (g)-1 - - - 0.5 (g)-2 - - - - (g)-3 - - 0.5 - (g)-4 - 2.0 - - total 100 100 100 100 365nm penetration rate[%] 24.0 0.20 19.2 16.0 1300nm penetration rate [%] 97.0 72.0 70.6 66.0 Hardening rate of inner surface at 100mJ/cm 2 [%] 72.2 50.7 79.8 76.3 Hardening rate of inner surface at 500mJ/cm 2 [%] 80.4 61.4 80.1 79.3 Hardening rate ratio 1.12 1.22 1.00 1.04 Evaluation results Near infrared shielding property B B B B Cross cutting test A A C A

如從上述結果可明顯得知,實施例1至實施例7的保護膜形成膜係近紅外線穿透率為10%以下,近紅外線的遮蔽性優異。實施例1至實施例7保護膜形成膜係硬化率比小,且能夠抑制能量線硬化後之中的保護膜的剝離。As is apparent from the above results, the protective film-forming films of Examples 1 to 7 have a near-infrared transmittance of 10% or less and are excellent in near-infrared shielding. The protective film-forming films of Examples 1 to 7 have a low curing rate and can suppress peeling of the protective film after energy ray curing.

比較例1的保護膜形成膜係硬化率比小,且能夠抑制能量線硬化後之中的保護膜的剝離。然而,波長1300nm的近紅外線穿透率為97.0%,近紅外線的遮蔽性並不充分。The protective film-forming film system of Comparative Example 1 has a small curing rate ratio and can suppress peeling of the protective film after energy ray curing. However, the transmittance of near-infrared rays with a wavelength of 1300 nm is 97.0%, and the shielding property of near-infrared rays is insufficient.

比較例2的保護膜形成膜係硬化率比小,且能夠抑制能量線硬化後之中的保護膜的剝離。然而,波長1300nm的近紅外線穿透率為72.0%,近紅外線的遮蔽性並不充分。The protective film-forming film system of Comparative Example 2 has a small curing rate ratio and can suppress peeling of the protective film after energy ray curing. However, the transmittance of near-infrared rays with a wavelength of 1300 nm is 72.0%, and the shielding property of near-infrared rays is insufficient.

比較例3的保護膜形成膜係硬化率比過小,而無法抑制能量線硬化後之中的保護膜的剝離。並且,波長1300nm的近紅外線穿透率為70.6%,近紅外線的遮蔽性並不充分。The protective film formed in Comparative Example 3 has a too low curing rate ratio, and cannot suppress the peeling of the protective film after energy ray curing. In addition, the near-infrared light transmittance of 1300nm wavelength is 70.6%, and the shielding property of near-infrared light is not sufficient.

比較例4的保護膜形成膜係硬化率比小,且能夠抑制能量線硬化後之中的保護膜的剝離。然而,波長1300nm的近紅外線穿透率為66.0%,近紅外線的遮蔽性並不充分。 [產業可利用性] The protective film formed by the comparative example 4 has a lower curing rate and can suppress the peeling of the protective film after energy ray curing. However, the near-infrared light transmittance of 1300nm wavelength is 66.0%, and the shielding property of near-infrared light is not sufficient. [Industrial Applicability]

本發明係可利用於製造以半導體裝置為代表之各種基板裝置。The present invention can be used to manufacture various substrate devices represented by semiconductor devices.

1:套件 10,20:支撐片 10a,20a:支撐片之一側的面(第一面) 11:基材 11a:基材之一側的面(第一面) 12:黏著劑層 12a:黏著劑層之一側的面(第一面) 13,23:能量線硬化性之保護膜形成膜 13a,23a:保護膜形成膜之一側的面(第一面) 13b,23b:保護膜形成膜之另一側的面(第二面) 13’:保護膜 13a’:保護膜之一側的面(第一面) 13b’:保護膜之另一側的面(第二面) 130’:切斷後的保護膜 130b’:切斷後的保護膜之另一側的面(第二面) 15:剝離膜 151:第一剝離膜 152:第二剝離膜 16:治具用接著劑層 16a:治具用接著劑層之一側的面(第一面) 101,102,103,104:保護膜形成用複合片 5:第一積層體 501:第一積層複合片 502:第二積層複合片 503:第三積層複合片 601:第一積層膜 602:第二積層膜 603:第三積層膜 7:扯離手段 8:切割片 8a:切割片之一側的面(第一面) 81:基材 81a:基材之一側的面 82:黏著劑層 82a:黏著劑層之一側的面(第一面) 9:晶圓 9b:晶圓的內面 90:晶片 90b:晶片的內面 901:附保護膜之晶片 P:箭頭 1: Kit 10,20: Support sheet 10a,20a: Surface of one side of the support sheet (first surface) 11: Base material 11a: Surface of one side of the base material (first surface) 12: Adhesive layer 12a: Surface of one side of the adhesive layer (first surface) 13,23: Energy ray curable protective film forming film 13a,23a: Surface of one side of the protective film forming film (first surface) 13b,23b: Surface of the other side of the protective film forming film (second surface) 13': Protective film 13a': Surface of one side of the protective film (first surface) 13b': Surface of the other side of the protective film (second surface) 130': Protective film after cutting 130b': The other side of the protective film after cutting (second side) 15: Peeling film 151: First peeling film 152: Second peeling film 16: Adhesive layer for jig 16a: One side of the adhesive layer for jig (first side) 101, 102, 103, 104: Composite sheet for forming protective film 5: First laminate 501: First laminate composite sheet 502: Second laminate composite sheet 503: Third laminate composite sheet 601: First laminate film 602: Second laminate film 603: Third laminate film 7: Pulling means 8: Cutting sheet 8a: One side of cutting sheet (first side) 81: Substrate 81a: One side of substrate 82: Adhesive layer 82a: One side of adhesive layer (first side) 9: Wafer 9b: Inner surface of wafer 90: Chip 90b: Inner surface of chip 901: Chip with protective film P: Arrow

[圖1]為示意地表示本發明的一實施形態之保護膜形成膜之一例的剖面圖。 [圖2]為示意地表示本發明的一實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片之一例的剖面圖。 [圖3]為示意地表示本發明的一實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片之其他例的剖面圖。 [圖4]為示意地表示本發明的一實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片之又一其他例的剖面圖。 [圖5]為示意地表示本發明的一實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片之又一其他例的剖面圖。 [圖6]為示意地表示本發明的一實施形態之套件之一例的剖面圖。 [圖7]為用以示意地說明本發明的一實施形態之附保護膜之晶片的製造方法之一例的剖面圖。 [圖8]為用以示意地說明本發明的一實施形態之附保護膜之晶片的製造方法之其他例的剖面圖。 [Fig. 1] is a cross-sectional view schematically showing an example of a protective film-forming film according to an embodiment of the present invention. [Fig. 2] Fig. 2 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing an example of a composite sheet for forming a protective film according to an embodiment of the present invention. [Fig. 3] Fig. 3 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing another example of the composite sheet for forming a protective film according to one embodiment of the present invention. [Fig. 4] Fig. 4 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing yet another example of the composite sheet for forming a protective film according to one embodiment of the present invention. [Fig. 5] is a cross-sectional view schematically showing yet another example of the composite sheet for forming a protective film according to one embodiment of the present invention. [Fig. 6] is a cross-sectional view schematically showing an example of a kit according to an embodiment of the present invention. 7 is a cross-sectional view schematically illustrating an example of a method for manufacturing a wafer with a protective film according to an embodiment of the present invention. 8 is a cross-sectional view schematically illustrating another example of a method for manufacturing a wafer with a protective film according to an embodiment of the present invention.

13:能量線硬化性之保護膜形成膜 13: Energy ray-hardening protective film forming film

13a:保護膜形成膜之一側的面(第一面) 13a: The surface of one side of the protective film forming film (first surface)

13b:保護膜形成膜之另一側的面(第二面) 13b: The other side of the protective film forming film (second side)

151:第一剝離膜 151: First peeling film

152:第二剝離膜 152: Second peeling membrane

Claims (5)

一種保護膜形成膜,具能量線硬化性; 前述保護膜形成膜之波長1300nm的近紅外線穿透率為10%以下; 前述保護膜形成膜之以下述硬化率比的測定方法所測定的硬化率比為1.02以上至未達100; <硬化率比的測定方法> 針對前述保護膜形成膜,以照度220mW/cm 2、光量100mJ/cm 2的條件,從一側的面照射紫外線,製作紫外線照射後的保護膜形成膜(100); 使用傅立葉轉換紅外分光分析裝置,針對紫外線照射前後的保護膜形成膜(100)之中與經紫外線照射之面為相反側之面(內面),以入射角45°、鑽石衰減全反射(ATR)法,進行傅立葉轉換紅外線光譜(FT-IR)測定;將波數790cm -1附近之波峰的波峰強度標準化成1.5Abs並修正光譜的偏差後,將紫外線照射前後的保護膜形成膜(100)的內面之中,波數810cm -1附近之波峰的波峰強度的變化藉由下述式(1)來算出,將此作為保護膜形成膜的內面於100mJ/cm 2之中的硬化率; 其次,除了以照度220mW/cm 2、光量500mJ/cm 2的條件照射了紫外線以外,與上述同樣地製作紫外線照射後的保護膜形成膜(500);針對紫外線照射前後的保護膜形成膜(500)之中與經紫外線照射之面為相反側之面(內面),以與上述相同的條件下,進行FT-IR測定;將波數790cm -1附近之波峰的波峰強度標準化成1.5Abs並修正光譜的偏差後,將紫外線照射前後的保護膜形成膜(500)的內面之中,波數810cm -1附近之波峰的波峰強度的變化藉由下述式(1)來算出,將此作為保護膜形成膜的內面於500mJ/cm 2之中的硬化率; 其次,將保護膜形成膜的內面於500mJ/cm 2之中的硬化率相對於保護膜形成膜的內面於100mJ/cm 2之中的硬化率之比率藉由下述式(2)來算出,將此作為保護膜形成膜的硬化率比; 硬化率={(紫外線照射前的波峰強度-紫外線照射後的波峰強度)/紫外線照射前的波峰強度}×100 ・・・(1); 硬化率比=(保護膜形成膜的內面於500mJ/cm 2之中的硬化率)/(保護膜形成膜的內面於100mJ/cm 2之中的硬化率) ・・・(2)。 A protective film-forming film having energy ray curability; the near-infrared ray transmittance of the aforementioned protective film-forming film having a wavelength of 1300 nm is 10% or less; the curing rate of the aforementioned protective film-forming film measured by the following method for measuring the curing rate ratio The ratio is 1.02 or more and less than 100; <Measurement method of hardening rate ratio> The aforementioned protective film forming film is irradiated with ultraviolet rays from one side under the conditions of illumination intensity 220mW/cm 2 and light intensity 100mJ/cm 2 to produce ultraviolet irradiation. The protective film is formed on the film (100) after the ultraviolet irradiation; using a Fourier transform infrared spectroscopic analysis device, the surface (inner surface) of the protective film forming film (100) before and after ultraviolet irradiation is opposite to the ultraviolet irradiation surface (inner surface). Angle 45°, diamond attenuated total reflection (ATR) method, Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy (FT-IR) measurement; after normalizing the peak intensity of the wave peak near the wave number 790cm -1 to 1.5 Abs and correcting the deviation of the spectrum, the ultraviolet Among the inner surfaces of the protective film-forming film (100) before and after irradiation, the change in the peak intensity of the wave peak near the wave number 810 cm -1 is calculated by the following formula (1), and this is regarded as the inner surface of the protective film-forming film The curing rate within 100mJ/cm 2 ; Next, except that ultraviolet rays were irradiated under the conditions of illumination intensity 220mW/cm 2 and light intensity 500mJ/cm 2 , a protective film-forming film (500) after ultraviolet irradiation was produced in the same manner as above; FT-IR measurement was performed on the surface (inner surface) of the protective film-forming film (500) before and after ultraviolet irradiation that is opposite to the ultraviolet irradiation surface under the same conditions as above; the wave number was 790 cm -1 After normalizing the peak intensity of the nearby wave peaks to 1.5 Abs and correcting the deviation of the spectrum, the change in the peak intensity of the wave peak near the wave number of 810 cm -1 is determined by The following formula (1) is used to calculate the hardening rate of the inner surface of the protective film-forming film at 500mJ/cm 2 ; Next, the hardening rate of the inner surface of the protective film-forming film at 500mJ/cm 2 is calculated. The ratio of the curing rate of the protective film-forming film at 100 mJ/cm 2 to the inner surface of the protective film-forming film is calculated by the following formula (2), and this is regarded as the curing rate ratio of the protective film-forming film; Curing rate = {(Ultraviolet rays Peak intensity before irradiation - Peak intensity after ultraviolet irradiation) / Peak intensity before ultraviolet irradiation} × 100 ・・・(1); Hardening rate ratio = (the inner surface of the protective film forming film is within 500mJ/cm 2 Hardening rate)/(hardening rate of the inner surface of the protective film forming film at 100mJ/ cm2 )・・・(2). 如請求項1所記載之保護膜形成膜,其中含有無機系顏料來作為著色劑。The protective film-forming film as recited in claim 1 contains an inorganic pigment as a coloring agent. 一種保護膜形成用複合片,係具備:支撐片、以及設置於前述支撐片之一側的面上的保護膜形成膜; 前述保護膜形成膜為如請求項1或2所記載之保護膜形成膜。 A composite sheet for forming a protective film, which is provided with: a support sheet, and a protective film-forming film provided on one side of the support sheet; The aforementioned protective film-forming film is the protective film-forming film described in claim 1 or 2. 一種套件,係具備:第一剝離膜及保護膜形成膜依序積層而成的第一積層體、以及用以支撐成為前述保護膜形成膜的貼附對象之工件及前述保護膜形成膜的支撐片; 前述保護膜形成膜為如請求項1或2所記載之保護膜形成膜。 A kit comprises: a first laminated body formed by sequentially laminating a first peeling film and a protective film forming film, and a support sheet for supporting a workpiece to which the protective film forming film is attached and the protective film forming film; The protective film forming film is the protective film forming film described in claim 1 or 2. 一種保護膜形成膜之用途,係用以在半導體晶圓或半導體晶片中與電路面為相反側之面形成保護膜; 前述保護膜形成膜為如請求項1或2所記載之保護膜形成膜。 A protective film forming film is used to form a protective film on the surface opposite to the circuit surface in a semiconductor wafer or a semiconductor chip; The aforementioned protective film forming film is a protective film forming film as described in claim 1 or 2.
TW112125221A 2022-07-08 2023-07-06 Protective film forming films, protective film forming composite sheets, kits, and uses of protective film forming films TW202409235A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022-110354 2022-07-08

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202409235A true TW202409235A (en) 2024-03-01

Family

ID=

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI719200B (en) Protective film forming film, composite sheet for forming protective film, and method of manufacturing semiconductor chip
JP7071916B2 (en) Manufacturing method of semiconductor chip with protective film and manufacturing method of semiconductor device
TWI782910B (en) Protective film-forming film and complex sheet for forming protective film
JP6963024B2 (en) Method for manufacturing protective film forming film, protective film forming composite sheet, and semiconductor chip
TWI743361B (en) Resin layer forming film and resin layer forming composite sheet
JP7086986B2 (en) A method for manufacturing a protective film forming film, a protective film forming composite sheet, and a semiconductor chip.
JP6979081B2 (en) A method for manufacturing a protective film forming film, a protective film forming composite sheet, and a semiconductor chip.
TWI731964B (en) Complex sheet for forming protective film
TWI796297B (en) Composite sheet for forming protective film
TW202115433A (en) Support sheet, film for forming protective film, composite sheet for forming protective film, and method for manufacturing workpiece with protective film in which the composite sheet for forming protective film includes a support sheet and a film for forming protective film on one side of the support sheet
JP6938476B2 (en) Protective film forming film and protective film forming composite sheet
TW202409235A (en) Protective film forming films, protective film forming composite sheets, kits, and uses of protective film forming films
TWI722178B (en) Method of manufacturing semiconductor chip having protective film and method of manufacturing semiconductor device
TW202025264A (en) Protective film forming film, composite sheet for forming protective film, method for inspection and method for identification
TW201936825A (en) Film for protective film formation, composite sheet for protective film formation, and method for forming semiconductor chip
TW202409227A (en) Protective film forming films, protective film forming composite sheets, kits, and uses of protective film forming films
TW202410168A (en) Protective film forming films, protective film forming composite sheets, kits, and uses of protective film forming films
JP2024008899A (en) Protective film-forming film, composite sheet for forming protective film, kit, and use of protective film-forming film
JP2024008460A (en) Protective film-forming film, composite sheet for forming protective film, first kit, second kit, use of protective film-forming film, and use of second kit
TWI770021B (en) Composite sheet for forming protective film
JP2024008898A (en) Protective film-forming film, composite sheet for forming protective film, kit, and use of protective film-forming film
TW202339960A (en) Protective film forming film, composite sheet for forming protective film, kit and use of protective film forming film having an indentation depth change rate measured by a specific indentation depth change rate measurement method of 60% or more
TW202239924A (en) Film for forming protective film, composite sheet for forming protective film, and method for manufacturing chip with protective film wherein the protective film forming film comprises an acrylic resin having no energy ray curable group
TW202239895A (en) Protective film forming film, protective film forming composite sheet and manufacturing method of chip having protective film wherein the protective film forming film has a gel fraction of components other than inorganic fillers of 60% or more
TW202405915A (en) Protective film forming film, roller body, and use of protective film forming film